United States Patent [19] Losbbough et al,

[11] [45]

4,204,197 May 20,1980

[54] DIGITAL SCALE

[75] Inventors: Richard C. Loshbough; Edward G.

Pryor, both of Westerville, Ohio

[73] Assignee: Reliance Electric Company, Cleveland, Ohio

[21] Appl. No.: 824,858

[22] Filed:

Aug. 15, 1977

[~1] Int. Cl.2 H03K 13/20; GOIG 19/413

[52] U.S. Cl •..................... 340/347 NT; 340/347 AD; 364/466

[58] Field of Search 340/347 AD, 347 NT;

364/567,466; 177/25,3; 235/92 PE, 92 NT

[56] References Cited

U.S. PATENT DOCUMENTS

Re.28706 3,622,769 3,733,471 3,765,012 3,772,683 3,789,195 3,826,983 3,876,869 3,895,376 3,943,506 3,975,727 4,044,846 4,050,065 4,071,102 4,084,082

2/1976 11/1971 5/1973 10/1973 11/1973 1/1974 7/1974 4/1975 7/1975 3/1976 8/1976 8/1977 9/1977 1/1978 4/1978

Dorey 340/347 NT

Lajoie et al 235/92 NT

Gilberg 235/92 PE

Grutzediek et al. 340/347 NT

Dorey 340/347 NT

Meier et aI. 235/92 PE

Garratt et al .•..•............ 340/347 NT

Houpt 235/92 PE

Uchida 340/347 NT

Peattie 340/347 NT

Mader et aI. 340/347 NT

Matilainen 364/567

Mosley et al 340/347 NT

Van Ostenbridge et al 364/567

Alfke 235/92 PE

Primary Examiner-Felix· D. Gruber

SCALE

Attorney, Agent, or Firm-Roy F. Hollander; William F. Simpson

[57]

ABSTRACf

The invention relates to a scale system which employs a microcomputer forming an integral part of the analog to digital conversion means In which the microcomputer controls the sequence of operations for performing the conversion, accumulates and stores digital data derived during the conversion of the analog signal and combines and processes that data to provide the digital output data resulting from the conversion, all in addition to performing other scale functions. The invention relates to an improved multicapacity weighing and computing digital scale having a triple slope analog-to-digital conversion means. The analog weight signal is integrated for a time interval which is fixed for a given scale capacity range which would generate substantially the same integrator output level in response to a full capacity weight signal for the selected scale capacity as would be generated by a full capacity weight for all other scale capacities. In accordance with the invention, the time interval during which the first reference DC source is integrated is extended beyond the detection of the crossover of the integrator output with its reference level. The invention also provides an improved weight filtering arrangement which enables the full advantage of the improved converter to be obtained. The invention further provides for the tracking of the net zero indication by modification of the stored tare weight data by a predetermined amount to decrease the absolute value of the net weight in response to the net weight being within a preselected weight range.

17 Claims, 37 Drawing Figures

58

GENERAL PURPOSE KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE

7 e 9
4 5 6
I 2 :;
T 0 i!
7) FRONT AND BACK INDICATOR LAMP DISPLAY

ILBORKGI I ZERO I

INITI om [!ill

FRONT AND BACK DIGIT DISPLAYS

22

20

SWI SW2 SW:; POSITION

PRINT TARE OP-V2 -I
INHIBIT MANDATORY
NOT USED 6KG ENABLE DP-PI -2
5 DIGIT 300
TOTAL PRINTER DP-W2 -3
PRICE ENABLE
KEYBOARD MANDATORY
TARE PRICE DP-W3 -4
PER UNIT
UK DP-P2 -5
ENABLE
3DLB. DP-VI -6
ENABLE
XIO -7
EXPAND 16

PRICE PER UNIT WEIGHT

VALUE

PREPACK

u.s. Patent

a:::

L&J IZ

a::: a..

I

T

I

a:::

g

~ a

IZ

I

May 20, 1980

Sheet 1 of 34

4,204,197

a:::

L&J I::> a.. ::!! o o

ffi !:i

11.

I

a..

~

a::: a..

I

O...J <t...J

g~

J

U') I

CD I

z o

I-

It) I

"" I

t\I I

t\I

~

11. o

It)

~

11. o

t\I 11. I 11. o

a:::

I 11. o

l"I

Sf

Q. o

o z

Q~

Xx LlJ

:Is::

~

a:

L&J a::: a..

I'- v - I-

,.....

~ a:::

"-~

o

1---1 ~ 1---1 L&J

o

o

o

L&J

o

.....__

:Is:: a.. o::!! <t<t al...J

oa:::~ zo...J ctl-a.. I-ctCl) z~O 00 a:::z 11.-

u. S. Patent May 20, 1980

I

~I ~ I

j

~I ~I

il

I I

I

l .:' _

Sheet 2 of 34

4,204,197

I I

I

I I I I

I~

I~

~I


~I I ~
£1 ~ I 0
w
t\J I-a:W
~ <cwu
~I .: ..J3:a:
I =>o=>
C!>a.0
W (f)
"- a:
~I L

In
~I I:::) I
~ u.s. Patent

a::

g

fa

I-:w o

o -' o J: en w a::

J:

I-

IZ

z~{

«t-

a... en

en:; o

«

to a::

~ ~

~~

w > ~

~

May 20, 1980

Sheet 3 of 34

4,204,197

a;

....... --"JV\.,..--,._-+'V\J'V- .. of-

'_-JVV~~~-4JVvv_.a;

T

10

1~ 4--~--~~~--r-~~-'

U.S. Patent May 20, 1980

Sheet 4 of 34

4,204,197

} 205

....--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~:::~~~~:::~~~:::::::::-= J0~

r--------------------

....--~~:::~:::::::::~::::::::::::~~::::::~:::::::::~:::::::::::::::--gt~O: i,20/

....--------------W/I

....------------SPO BUS

(FIG. 6)

IJ.&GRATOR{ ...... ~~=--_ ..........

SWITCHING T3

CIRCUIT -'"'RE"-S-ET-+-i-t

(FIG. 4)

r~ r$r$r~

r----- >ADD BUS

- /./"26

FRONT AND BACK'"

INDICAT~R LAMPS j

'~~ .------~

~~ lJVV\r

k~ iJVV\r k~

k~ T k~~

-<~ L

-< ~ -"""V'V""'-y'"

-<~ L.""

k~ vv"

k~ ..... ~---+--'

k~ -<~

~,+5V

+5V

r--

1. j_

- -

, +5V

203

r-r-

LAMP AOORESSABLE

...----IDRIVERS r-- LATCHES I---+-+-!---.

- r--

24/

FROM MEMORY I/O PORT (FIG. 6)

I..AAA VVV

-==

fIG. 5

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

Sheet 5 of 34

4,204,197

205_~{ ~ ~-r-r'_~- ~~~E~~l

BUS ------------------------------.-t-t--1I--t--t- PURPOSE >KEYBOARD -------------------------------....__t_-r-r-r,_~- AND DISPLAY

ClKA INTERFACE

ClKB (FIG.?)

W/IO-------------------------~l--tl--t~-+__t___t__r_r,_-

spa --------~--------------._+_r_r_r;~-T-T-r-r_r~/,

<

BUS

(FIG.5)

203 -~ --,

ADD< ...,

BUS

10:J "'V'.

AID COMPARE INTEGRATOR

( FIG. 4)

TO ADDRESSABLE lATCHES

(FIG. 5)

"

I~~~~~~~~~ 1..._ 1424 21 2320 3433 3231 30 29 28 9 13 2527 12 II 10 15 19 18 17 16

'v-'310

,--

~ ?

•

-12V

+ PARITY -vv

MEMORY

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 I

~ ~ ~ ~ P- ~

j I ~.9 ~~ II ~ ,~

~3 .~~ 1\2 ~~ ~~ ~~I ;-I-SW-I

~- 1- t+,

~ < ~ ~ > $ .; ? ? "1 ? <

-12V

y22

MANUAL MODE

? SELECTOR SWITCHES

+PRINT CLOCK

-'\I' "v

PRINT ENABLE

~ m

"-"""",/\/\ "r- __ ____..~I__-----------__o~..PRINT RESET ;>PRINTER

-12V vv -v (-l'1>RINT COMMAND

_ v"V'

-12V

fIG. 6

. - ""','" . '". . ~ .

- . .

- '" ..

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

-12Vj j+5V1r-..-.I-.-12V

t--I3917 II 41 I 3 --137

--136

I/O 38

~~~J~y 12

(l~g t

(FIG.5)

4/0-.........._

GENERAL PURPOSE KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE

-

Sheet 6 of 34

4,204,197

5/2'-r-......-,:-:::..,__.J:;- 1

~ r--

....-----------+-IOECODER~

r-- -+-fl/DRIVER~

A t-- 11"tr-_.,Jt-L.vW.

~>~~

:> ~ ? c -9V

--'VV'v I Q4

Q3

-vvv~

~

It-9V

-9V ~~~61,)5 SW-3 ~

~ ~r~ ~ s -;'5//

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ S S s ~ > _.-'-/____..J~r--r_-

c> ~ ~ ~ .... r-~

12 DECODERr--

I~I-+-+-"'_-+-i--I-H--+---+--I/DRIVER:= :=

15 B r-r---

.__ r-r

34~~---i--I-H--+----. L~AA

33 •••

32~~--~H-~~ 31~~---_'-h 301---1------. 29~~---_.~~

~~ ~~---.,.-+i-JL L

222526 19 20 21 23 24 W"'~Mr-1-

S I~ S S S S ~ -9vl: :> > :> > -12V.

71--< 81-1-- 91-4--1- .... 101-+-+--+-1

f 16. 7

+5V 4----

TO DISPLAY CATHODES (FIG.B)

TO DISPLAY DRIVERS (FIG. B)

20\

,--'-+- -- -1---1- ---I-.-

I~~ I~~

, ....

- . " ...... , '.

. .-

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

Sheet 7 of 34

4,204,197

~~CODER/t

DRIVER A ---------------,

(FIG.?) ---------------,

----------,

--------,

~1 1'"""1 it-, ...... ..., r 1 r-,._ ,.......,

$ S ssss <~<$

> > »>~ f$$~

,'" ".. .... .;.,., 9/

v

TO DISPLAY CATHODES A

~~CODER/t

DRIVER B ---------------,

(FIG. r) ===================::;---.

-------....,

TO GENERAL PURPOSE KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE (FIG. 7)

I'"""!I-

$ $ > ~

.. ..

r-t- ,....--- .... - r---- r- f...... f ....

»»»)<») ) )

SSSSS$SSS$ S S.

+ 170V C C • • < • ~ < C C ~ ~"

+ 180V +130\1\··........·...... .. .. /

513 . iii TO DISPLA/ CATHODES B

"' rvv- " r- }

~L,~ r~ B

I-'VV\r J!-

___j L..I\.,.,.

~ '\ vvv DISPLAY _ _ }

D E l..l\.v' ""v'\r

___j L ,I\. RIV R' - A

~~if\r

, rwv - ~t-

-1 ~ ~ ANODE r-

, DRIVE ..... _ }

514 I"'VV\r ~~g~T_§_ __ ~ B

-1~ ~

-1 ~ DISPLAY rv'" ~ ... -=: r- r-' } A

I-'VV\r _j L..I\.A DRIVER 1-+--+ ....

~ ,'v v v 1.JVV\, ~ r- t-r-' }

~~ r- B

r4 ~ lrl }A

+18~\~.wt Nv * vV\r =""AB ;1 ~

--~~~~~vr----------~I~

+5V +65V

-~- '-'~ ~.. . ~

... . .. .: .- .~..... .

rIG. 8

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

Sheet 8 of 34

4,204,197

ADDRESS BUS 203

82,Ern 82,rm

FF2 FFI

(I) (I)

CONTROL

823

2/~

fIG. 9

.. <>. ";.- 4 ~ • ...,'. • •

... ~.'

, _.. w

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

Sheet 9 of 34

4,204,197

ADD BUS 203

I/O BUS 205

I/O PORTS

. 310~

fIG. /0

u.s. Patent

STRAP LOGIC (WIRED ON PCS BOARD)

I/O SELECT FROM PPS CPU

May 20, 1980

4,204,197

Sheet 10 of 34

I/O BUS 205

STROBE OUTPUTS TO KEYBOARD a DISPLAY

SYNCHRONIZED POWER ON FROM PPS CPU

DAI}TO

DA2 OUTPUT DA3 DISPLAY DA4

OBI}

DB2 68TPUT

DB3 DISPLAY DB4

RETURN INPUTS FROM KEYBOARD

fIG. II

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

Sheet 11 of 34

4,204,197

COMPUTER INTEROGATION AND COUNTING CYCLES

TO ~ ~65JJ sec. 12A

1'"1""111"111111111111111"1111111111111"11111"1"1111

SLOPE S2 (EQUALS .. 32S;Y

VMAX FULL CAPACITY WEIGHT LEVEL

OUTPUT OF THRESHOLD DETECTOR 53

OI+-----------------------~=============4-

12C

fiG. 12

u. S. Patent May 20, 1980

00

e

MOTION FLAG
ZERO
INCREMENT FLAG
TARE DONE FLAG
MANUAL
TARE FLAG
DIGIT TIMER
RESULT 000 001 002 003 004 005

009 OOA

OOF

040 41 42 043 044 045 46 047 48 49 04A

Sheet 12 of 34

01

RAM ASS IGNMENTS

02

FILTER ~
COUNTER
ZERO LAMP FLAG 0
NET FLAG 1-0
FACTOR FLAG 0

VERIFY
TEST FLAG
SIGN 0
0
ARI
ARITHMETIC
SCRATCH
PAD
RESGISTER 05

4F

5 DIGIT TOTAL
PR ICE ENABLE
5 DIGIT PRICE
ENABLE

AUTO CLEAR EN.
20 INCREMENT
PRINT DISABLE
KEYBOARD
TARE EN.

RECOMPUTE
FLAG
VERIFY
MODE FLAG
SIGN
TARE 10 II 12 13

LB/KG LAMP 0
ZERO LAMP 0
NET LAMP 0
112 LAMP 0
1/4 LAMP rO
PRE-PACK 0
HALF PENCE
PRE-PACK rO
HALF PENCE
PRINT 0
COMMAND

SIGN 1-0
0
WEIGHT
k> 4,204,197

03

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

~ KEY TIMER
ZERO DONE FLAG 1-1

AUTO CLEAR FLAG
2 PREVIOUS
LSD
I PREVIOUS
LSD

SIGN
FILTERED
WEIGHT 030 031

033 034 035

039 03A

03F

06 07
050 060 070
051
TOTAL PRICE
053 WORK
AREA AND
054 064 DISPLAY
055 065 OUTPUT
REGISTERS
057 PRICE
058
059 069 079
05A 06A
OUTPUT TEMPORARY
WEIGHT SCRATCH
PAD
060 REGISTERS
SIGN 06E
05F 06F 07F 29 2A

2F

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C o E F

04

o I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C o E F

300 PRINTER
ENABLE
MANDATCRY 0
PRICE/UNIT EN.
TARE 0
MANDATCRY EN.
·30 LB EN.
G KG EN.
UK EN.
KEYBOARD f-o
RETURN
KEYBOARD
STROBE
X ZERO BY PER. 0
10 KEY
SIGN 0
AUTO ZERO
0 018 19 IA

OIF

f / G. /3

U.S. Patent May 20, 1980

MAIN PROGRAM POWER-UP

14AI

ALLOW POWER SUPPLY TRANSIENTS TO SETTLE

CLEAR ZERO DONE FLAG, DRIVE ALL DISCRETE 1/0 us« ENABLE ALL DISCRETE OUTPUTS

EI

A4

XI0 CLEAR (XIOCLR)

KEYBOARD ERROR (KEERR)

OUTPUT KER. KEYBOARD ERROR TO GPKD

A5 RESET

(RESET)

14A5

.CLEAR NET, FACTOR, VERIFY TEST FLAGS. CLEAR AUTO CLEAR FLAG. CLEARTARE

A6 )-------1

CLEAR PRICE REGISTER, FACTOR FLAG, DIGIT TIMER CLEAR TOTAL PRICE IF WEIGHT PLUS, BLANK IF MINUS

READ

A8 SWITCHES (RDSWS)

Sheet 13 of 34

14AIO

LOAD DIGIT TIMER TO ACCUMULATOR AND DECREMENT

4,204,197

14AI5

SET:

LONG TIMER = 15 MID TIMER = 3 SHORT TIMER = 9

14A22

." . '". ~ '" ", .. "

. .

~ ,'. . .

UPDATE DIGIT TIMER. CHECK FOR: TARE MANDATORY, NO TARE DONE, MANUAL TARE FLAG, DIGIT TIMER 0

SET:

LONG TIMER = 6 MID TIMER = I SHORT TIMER=4

30 LB. SET:

LONG TIMER = 6 MID TIMER =8 SHORT TI MER = II

fiG. 14A

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

INPUT WEIGHT VERY NEGATIVE. ENABLE

DISCRETE OUTPUTS

BLANK WEIGHT (BLNKWT)

EI4

B8

READ WEIGHT I (RDWGTI)

OUTPUT -STOP TI, START T2, SIGNAL

T2 COUNTING

B9 LOOP

(T2 LOOP)

Sheet 14 of 34

1489

4,204,197

14812

STORE COUNTER I

AND COUNTER 2 OF

T3 COUNTERS. MAX COUNT 4Ql BASE 16

14821 CLEAR TEMPORARY

AND ARITHMETIC AR I SCRATCH PAD REGISTORS

SET CARRY (C) CNTRI+C.CNTRI,C CNTR2+C -CNTR2,C CNTR3+C-CNTR3

HAVE COINCIDENCE DELAY FOR ANOTHER 65p SEC.

T2 CONVERT COUNT TO DECIMAL (T2CNVT)

..----..I...----v-14822

MULTIPLY T2 COUNTER 3 BY 256 (162). MOVE RESULT TO WEIGHT REGISTER.

STORE T2 TIMING LOOP COUNTERS CLEAR COUNTERS

14816

SET CARRY (C) CNTRI+C-CNTRI,C CNTR2+C-GNTR2,C CN TR3+C --CNTR3

f 16. 148

."'. ""'" ........ -.. . '

. .. ~ .

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

Sheet 15 of 34

T3 CON (T3

C( (14C9
MOVE RESULT TO
TEMPORARY 79-7F
rl4C1 REGISTER MULTIPLY
CLEAR WEIGHT SIGN. T2 COUNTS IN WEIGHT
CLEAR TEMPORARY REGISTER. BY 32.
REGISTER MOVE RESULT TO
,14C2 WEIGHT REGISTER
(14CIO
MULTIPLY T2
COUNTER 2 BY 16 (16) SUBTRACT T3 COUNTS
MOVE RESULT TO IN TEMPORARY 79-7F
ARITHMETIC ARI REGISTER FROM T2
REGISTER COUNTS IN WEIGHT
1'14C3 REGISTER
{14CII
ADD ARITHMETIC ARI
REG!STER TO WEIGHT MOVE FINAL RAW
REGISTER. MOVE COUNTS TO WEIGHT
RESULT TO WEIGHT REG I STOR
REGISTER. CI
/"14C4
MOVE T2 COUNTER I PROCESS
TO ARITHMETIC ARI WEIGHT rl4CI2
REGISTER. CONVERT (PROCWT)
TO DECIMAL FORM
ADD ARITHMETIC ARI CLEAR ARITHMETIC
REGISTER TO WEIGHT ARI REGISTER.
REGISTER SUBSTRACT FILTERED
WEIGHT FROM
,14C5 WEIGHT
,.14C13
MOVE RESULT TO
WEIGHT REGISTER. MOVE RESULT SIGN
CLEAR ARITHMETIC TO ARITHMETIC ARI
ARI REGISTER SIGN REGISTER
COUNT 14CI4
VERT (14C6
CNVT) IS
RESULT LESS Y
MOVE T3 COUNTER 2 THEN OR EQUAL TO C17·
TO ARITHMETIC ARI 5 COUNTS
REGISTER. SUBTRACT
2 BASE 16 TO N rl4CI5
REMOVE 32 BASE
10 COUNTS FROM T3
LOAD 2 TO
/,14C7 ACCUMULATOR TO
SET MOTION FLAG
MULTIPLY ARITHMETIC ~
ARI REGISTER TIMES
16. MOVE RESULT
TO TEMPORARY 79-7F
REGISTER. CLEAR
ARITHMETIC ARI
REGISTER
/,14C8
MOVE T3 COUNTER I
TO ARITHMETIC ARI
REGISTER. CONVERT
TO DECIMAL FORM. rIG. /4
ADD ARITHMETIC ARI
REGISTOR TO ,
TEMPORARY 79-7F
REGISTOR 4,204,197

14CI7

WAD 15 TO ACCUMULATOR TO DECREMENT MOTION FLAG. ADD MOTION FLAG TO ACCUMULATOR

9t------1

UPDATE FILTERED WEIGHT (UDFWT)

05

C22

INITIAL FILTER (INIFLT)

14C22

UPDATE I PREVIOUS LSD WITH CURRENT WEIGHT LSD AND 2 PREVIOUS LSD WITH I PREVIOUS LSD FOR NEXT PASS WHILE MAKING FOLLOWING CHECKS WITH CURRENT VALUES

01

c

. ~ "' . .. - . ,

. ". "

. . , .

u. S. Patent May 20, 1980

UPDATE FILTERED WEIGHT (UDFWT)

1403

FILTER N

RAW WEIGHT

03 (FLTWGT)

INTEGER DIVIDE RAW-FILTERED LSD BY 2. FORM LSD/2+1 AND PUT IN ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTOR LSD

1404

ADJUST WEIGHT TOWARD FILTERED WEIGHT BY LSD/2+ I. MOVE RESULT TO WEIGHT

UPDATE FILTERED

WEIGHT

05 (UDFWT)

MOVE WEIGHT TO FILTERED WEIGHT

06 1-------1

Sheet 16 of 34

1408

4,204,197

LOAD 8 TO ACCUMULATOR TO TURN ON ZERO LAMP

SET ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER TO 0037tJ0

SET ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER TO 001500

14013

30 LB SCALE SET ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER TO 001600

14014

14019

LOAD (/) TO ACCUMULATOR TO TURN OFF ZERO LAMP

14020

UPDATE ZERO LAMP. RESET FLAG 2 TO NOTE XI0 EXPAND

SUBTRACT DIGITAL INITIAL IN ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER FROM WEIGHT.

MOVE RESULT TO WEIGHT

u. S. Patent May 20, 1980

Sheet 17 of 34

4,204,197

TOTAL
PRICE SUBROUTINE
BLANK CORRECT AUTO
(TPBLK) ZERO (CRCTAZ)
MI0 YI (FIG.14Y)

.. -".-_
FI
fiG. 14£
EI

14E9

X 10 CLEAR (XIOCLR) CLEAR TARE CLEAR AUTO ZERO

OUTPUT (OUTPUT)

14EI

MOVE WEIGHT TO AUTO ZERO REGISTER. SET ZERO DONE FLAG

CLEAR ZERO KEY

I-'-T;.;.;;I M.;.;;;E;.;..;R_--f EI0 (CZTIM)

14EIO rC~L-=E-:-A--R -Z-'-K-E-Y-..L.-.-.

TIMER

MI9

14EII

SUBTRACT AUTO ZERO FROM WEIGHT. MOVE RESULT TO WEIGHT

14EI2

SET ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER TO 030050 SUBTRACT IT FROM WEIGHT

CHECK GROSS

AUTO ZERO CORRECTION

( CKAZC)

GROSS

AUTO ZERO CORRECTION (CKGAZC)

LOAD 0 TO ACCUMULATOR TO CLEAR ZERO INCREMENT FLAG

14EI9

LOAD 15 TO ACCUMULATOR TO SET ZERO INCREMENT FLAG

14E20

UPDATE ZERO INCREMENT FLAG. SET FLAG I TO NOTE GROSS

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

FI MULTIPLY

RAW WEIGHT BY PROPER FACTOR (MFCTOR)

SUBROUTINE 14FI

FIND SCALE CAPACITY (FCPTY)

VI ( FIG.14V)

LOAD RETURNED MULTIPLIER DIGIT TO ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER

MULTIPLY WEIGHT BY MULTIPLIER. MOVE RESULT TO WEIGHT

CLEAR PRICE REGISTER, FACTOR FLAG, AND DIGIT TIMER. CLEAR TOTAL PRICE IF WEIGHT PLUS. BLANK IF MINUS

MANUAL TARE

F6 }",-"':"':"'::'=---I

LOAD MANUAL TARE FLAG TO ACCUMULATOR. CLEAR MANUAL TARE FLAG

Sheet 18 of 34

4,204,197

14F2

14F3

UPDATE NET FLAG. SET TARE DONE FLAG. SET RECOMPUTE FLAG

14F22

CLEAR PRICE REGISTOR, FACTOR FLAG, DIGIT TIMER. CLEAR TOTAL PRICE IF WEIGHT PLUS, BLANK IF MINUS

GI

CLEAR ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER. PREPARE 10 MOVE ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER TO TARE

fIG. 14F

F161--~

U.S. Patent May 20, 1980

Sheet 19 of 34

4,204,197

GI

SUBTRACT TARE (STARE)

14GI

SUBTRACT TARE FROM WEIGHT. MOVE RESULT TO WEIGHT

NET

AUTO ZERO CORRECTION (CKNAZC)

14G2

SET ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER TO 000009

GI2

F7G. /46

GI2

SUBTRACT ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER FROM WEIGHT

LOAD ACCUMULATOR TO ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER LSD+2. ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER EQUAL 000100 30LB 00020Ql 6KG

000500 15KG

14GI8

14GII

30 LB. SCALE

SET ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER TO 0Ql00Ql5

14GI2

CHECK INCREMENTING AUTO CLEAR FLAG

(CKINC)

RESULT IS GREATER 14G20

THAN OR EQUAL TO

AUTO CLEAR WEIGHT.

CLEAR AUTO CLEAR

FLAG

N

SUBTRACT ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER FROM WEIGHT. RESET FLAG I TO NOTE NET

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

CLEAR TARE. CLEAR PRICE, FACTOR FLAG, DIGIT TIMER. CLEAR TOTAL PRICE IF WEIGHT PLUS. BLANK IF MINUS

ZERO LAMP (ZLAMP)

H6

CHECK INCREMENTING AUTO CLEAR (CKINC)

14H4

INCREMENT AUTO CLEAR FLAG TOWARD 6

Z LAMP H6 (ZLAMP)

14H6

SUBROUTINE FIND SCALE CAPACITY (FCPTY)

VI (FIG.14V)

Y

Sheet 20 of 34

4,204,197

14H8

LOAD 2 TO ACCUMULATOR TO SET ZERO LAMP FLAG (ZERO LAMP OFF)

SET ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER TO 000005

14HI4

UPDATE ZERO LAMP FLAG (UDZLF)

HI4

SET ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER TO 000014

H20

HI4

30 LB. SCALE

SET ARITHMETIC AR I SCRATCH PAD REGISTER TO 000003

SUBTRACT ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER FROM WEIGHT

fIG. 14H

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

14I1

ROUND OFF WEIGHT LEAST SIGNIFICANT DIGIT IN WEIGHT REGISTER. CLEAR WEIGHT LEAST SIGNIFICANT DIGIT

(RNDBY5)

(RNDWT2)

F77i: 141

Sheet 21 of 34

4,204,197

112 J-----f

14112

14I15

UPDATE 5 DIGIT WEIGHT LSD WITH ACCUMULATOR

CLEAR BLANK OR MINUS FROM OUTPUT WEIGHT MSD IN ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER. SUBTRACT ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER FROM WEIGHT

CHECK FOR RESULT LESS THAN OR

EQUAL TO .

00001, 30LB

00002, 6KG

00005 15KG

I 13 (RNDWT2)

14113

ADD CARRY TO WEIGHT REGISTER AT WEIGHT 5 DIGIT LSD + I

14114

OUTPUT FILTER 114 (OOTFL T)

MOVE OUTPUT WEIGHT TO ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER. PUT OUTPUT SIGN

IN ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER SIGN

14122

SET FLAG 2 TO NOTE WANT 5 MOST SIGNIFICANT DIGITS OF WEIGHT

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

Sheet 22 of 34

4,204,197

J71------I

LOAD LAMPS FOR OUTPUT (LDLMPS)

14J8

CLEAR OUTPUT FILTER

J4 COUNTER

(CLOFC)

J6

(OUTF2)

14J6

LOAD OUTPUT FILTER COUNTER TO ACCUMULATOR AND INCREMENT

UPDATE OUTPUT FILTER COUNTER

F77f:14J

N

u. S. Patent May 20, 1980

TARE

. DONE

CHECK (TDONCK)

14K3

TOTAL PRICE CLEAR

K5 ~"';;;;"_";"-:---I

(TPCLR)

Y

14K5

CLEAR TOTAL PRICE IF WEIGHT PLUS. BLANK IF MINUS

K6 J-----I

14K6

RECOMPUTE FLAG TO ACCUMULATOR. CLEAR RECOMPUTE FLAG

Sheet 23 of 34

Kg

CHECK RECOMPUTE (CKRCP)

4,204,197

KI5

PRICE TIMES FACTOR

(PRXFCT)

CHECK 6 MSDS OF RESULT FOR ANY NON-0 DIGIT

K20

14K9

RECOMPUTE FLAG TO ACCUMULATOR. CLEAR RECOMPUTE FLAG

14KI9

CHECK 7 MSDS OF RESULT FOR ANY NON-0 DIGIT

K20 ........ ----I

COMPUTE Y TOTAL PRICE (CMPUT)

14KII

CLEAR ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD AND TEMPORARY REGISTERS. SET FLAG 2 TO NOTE MULTIPLY BY WEIGHT

N

RESET FLAG 2 TO NOTE MULTIPLY BY PRICE

Ll0 CHECK FOR OUTPUT WEIGHT MINUS (CKMIN)

fIG. 14K

u. S. Patent May 20, 1980

14L1

CLEAR PRICE REGISTER. FACTOR FLAG. DIGIT TIMER. CLEAR TOTAL PRICE IF WEIGHT PLUS. BLANK IF MINUS

OUTPUT (OUTPUT)

MI9

Y

RESET FLAG 2 TO NOTE MULTIPLY BY PRICE

14L6

SET RECOMPUTE. SET UP TO MOVE RESULT TO PRICE REGISTER

UPDATE WITH PRICE TIMES FACTOR (UPDPXF)

f /G. 14L

Sheet 24 of 34

La

ADDRESS WEIGHT (ADRWGT)

r-----L-----,r14L8 SETUP TO MOVE

RESULT TO WEIGHT REGISTER

14L9

4,204,197

14LI5

UPDATE WITH P ICE TIMES FACTOR (UPDPXF)

MOVE RESULT TO WEIGHT OR PRICE REGISTER

L13 OUTPUT WEIGHT TO ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER (OWTARI)

14L13

MOVE OUTPUT WEIGHT TO ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER REPLACE BLANK WITH 0. ADDRESS WEIGHT REGISTER FOR MULT.

CHANGE ADDRESS TO PRICE REGISTER FOR MULTIPLICATION

PRICE

TIMES

L16 WEIGHT

(PRXWGT)

MULTIPLY PRICE BY OUTPUT WEIGHT

14LI7

14L20

INCREMENT ADDRESS RETURNED. ADD 2 TO ADDRESSED. DIGIT PROPAGATE CARRY

14L22

U.s. Patent May 20, 1980

14MI

INCREMENT ADDRESS RETURNED. DIGIT IS NOW 5 TO 9 IF WANT 1/2 PENCE

UPDATE 2 PRE-PACK LAMPS FOR UK 1/2 ...... ___. PENCE

OVERVALUE CHECK

(OVA LCK)

14M5

COMPLEMENT BL DF ADDRESS RETURNED AND ADD II TO FORM PROPER COUNTER FOR CHECK

M91-----I

Sheet 25 of 34

CLEAR PRE-PACK LAMPS TO BLANK 1/2 PENCE

(OUTPUT)

4,204,197

14MI9

MOVE OUTPUT WEIGHT, PRICE, TOTAL PRICE TO OUTPUT REGISTER IN PROPER SEQUENCE FOR GPKD DISPLAY

fiG. 14M

MI9

MI4

NOT OVERVALUE (NOTOV)

14M4

ADD 5 TO ADDRESS RETURN FOR MSD OF TOTAL PRICE IN RESULT

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

Sheet 26 of 34

4,204,197

14NI

BLANK TOTAL PRICE MSD IN OUTPUT REGISTER. DECREMENT ADDRESS IN CASE

UK SCALE

N2._----l

RESET FLAG I FOR SECOND PASS. ADDRESS IS RESET TO START OF OUTPU REGISTER.

N4._----l

14N4

SET FLAG I FOR FIRST PASS OF GPKD DISPLAY OUTPUT

DISPLAY LOOP A

N5 (DLOOPA)

OUTPUT KDN TURN ON DISPLAY (WAS TURNED OFF BY DIGIT OUTPUT)

14NI5

DISPLAY

N8 LOOP B

(DLOOPB)

14NI6

LOAD BL. ADDRESS TO ACCUMULATOR AND COMPLEMEND. ADD LAMP STATUS TO ACCUMULATOR TO COMPLEMENT IT.

OUTPUT DOA. OUTPUT LAMP DATA AND ADDRESS STROBE WRITE

PRINT (PRNTR)

LOAD PRINT COMMAND TO ACCUMULATOR CLEAR PRINT COMMAND. RESET FLAG 2 TO ASSUME NO PRINT COMMAND

01

f 16. 14N

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

SET UP FOR CHECK TO DISABLE PRINT WEIGHT .LT. 00020 30 LB WEIGHT

.LT. 00100 .15K~

Y

08 "'_---I

1401

LOAD DATA TO OUTPUT REGISTER IN PROPER FORMAT FOR 5 DIGIT PER FIELD PRINTER

Sheet 27 of 34

N

PRINT BY COUNT CHECK (PBCCK)

4,204,197

013

012

REPLACE DIGIT WITH 13 TO PRINT DECIMAL POINT IN PRICE AND WEIGHT

3QJQJ

PRINTER

(P3QJ0) 14012

LOAD DATA TO OUTPUT REGISTER IN PROPER FORMAT FOR 30QJ PRINTER

14014

LOAD OUTPUT REGISTER DIGIT TO ACCUMULATOR

fIG. 140

14021

LOAD INTEGRATOR RESET TO X REGISTER. LOAD OUTPUT REGISTER DIGIT TO ACCUMULATOR

14022

~ ~ '" ~. , ,I' • •

- . . ...

, .... -_

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

14PI

USE DIGIT AS BL ADDRESS OF PARITY TABLE TO SET UP SA REGISTER AND DO RETURN TO TABLE

(PARITY) 14P2 OUTPUT PARITY

BIT OBTAINED FROM

TABLE TO PRINTER

OUTPUT STROBE PRINTER CLOCK

Sheet 28 of 34

4,204,197

f 18. 14P

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

Sheet 29 of 34

14R8 ENTER NEW DIGIT IN PRICE LSD. SHIFT ANY PREVIOUS DIGITS TOWARD MSD.

N

CLEAR PRICE REGISTER AND FACTOR FLAG

ENTER DIGiT

R3 (ENTDIG)

LOAD II TO DIGIT TIMER TO START TIMER

4,204,197

14RI5

KEYBOARD OPERATION DONE (KBDUN)

SET VERIFY TEST FLAG. LOAD VERIFY MODE FLAG. COMPLEMENT IT AND UPDATE.

TI7

N

aTO REG. X

Y

15 TO REG. X

LOAD ENTIRE OUTPUT

REGISTER WITH 1oE-~

REGISTER X TEST DIGIT

14RI7

15 TO REG. X

LOAD ALL LAMPS

WITH REGISTER X

TEST DIGIT. CLEAR

""'D..;,.IG;..;,IT.;,_;.T..;.;,IM;.;.,;Er-R;...;... --_,_14R 19

OUTPUT (OUTPUT)

Mig

14RI3

DELAY FOR 50 MSEC. TO ALLOW GPKD TO CYCLE AND RE-ENTER VERIFY KEY

fIG. 14R

:. ~ .. -, ~ - ~ .

- . ~ - . . .

, - -

- -

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

1451

MOVE PRICE REGISTER TO TOTAL PRICE REGISTER. CLEAR PRICE REGISTER.

FUNCTION KEY DONE (FCNDUN)

TI6

53

PER 1/2 KEY

(PI/2)

LOAD 2 TO ACCUMULATOR

ENTER FACTOR (ENTFCT)

SI0

SUBROUTINE 1457

FIND SCALE CAPACITY (FCPTY) VI (FIG. 14V)

Sheet 30 of 34

4,204,197

N

UPDATE FACTOR

TARE DONE (TDUN)

FUNCTION KEY DONE (FCNDUN)

CHECK FOR· PRINT COMMAND

KEY (PRNCK)

14513

RESET

fiG. 14S

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

N
MOVE PRICE TO 14TI3
CHECK TARE REGISTER.
MAGNITUDE SET TARE DONE
OF KEYBOARD AND NET FLAGS
TARE
(CKMKBT)
Til
TARE
TI4 DONE
(TDUN)
fIe. 14T KEYBOARD TARE (KBTARE)

Y

Sheet 31 of 34

4,204,197

14TI4

CLEAR PRICE REGISTER FACTOR FLAG, DIGIT TIMER. CLEAR TOTAL PRICE IF WEIGHT PLUS. BLANK IF MINUS.

CLEAR AUTO CLEAR FLAG

14TI6

KEYBOARD TARE 6KG (KT6KG)

LOAD AI TO DIGIT TIMER SO IT WILL TIME OUT ON NEXT WEIGHT READ PASS

KEYBOARD PERATIO TI7 DONE

(KBDUN) 14TI7

SET RECOMPUTE,

CLEAR VERIFY MODE FLAG

CHECK Y

MAGNITUDE

OF KEYBOARD

TARE

Til "__---I (CKMKBT

KEYBOARD (KEYBD)

(NOKEY)

14T20

LOAD KEYBOARD STROBE TO ACCUMULATOR LOAD 15 TO KEYBOARD STROBE TO MATCH NO KEY

ENTER KEYBOARD TARE (ENTKBT)

U.S, Patent May 20, 1980

Sheet 32 of 34

VI

FIND SCALE CAPACITY (FCPTY)

CLEAR ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER. SET FLAG I TO ASSUME NOT 15 KG. SET CARRY TO ASSUME NOT 6 KG.

14VI

WI

DELAY

14WI

SAVE SHORT TIMER. LOAD MID-TIMER TO REGISTER X

RESET CARRY TO ASSUME 6 KG.

14V5

N

SET CARRY: NOT 6 KG RESET FLAG I TO NOTE 15 KG.

14W4

DELAY FOR I05pSEC. WITH DUMMY INSTRUCTION LOOP

W2

V61-----I (FCPTYI)

(DELYI)

14V6

LOAD 4 DIGIT SCALE CAPACITY TO REGISTER X

5,15 KG

3,30LB

6,6 KG

14V7

LOAD MULTIPLIER DIGIT TO ACCUMULATOR 5,15KG

1,30LB

2,6 KG

4,204,197

W6

(DELY2)

LOAD MID-TIMER AND DECREMENT

N

W8 )---oooool

14W8

SETUP 1.3 MSEC DELAY BY SETTING SHORT TIMER TO 12

(DELYI)

LOAD LONG TIMER AND DECREMENT

TOTAL DEAD TIME 85}JSEC ENTERING AND EXITING

fIG. /4V

fIG. /4W

u. S. Patent May 20, 1980

Sheet 33 of 34

4,204,197

14XI7

UPDATE OUTPUT WEIGHT (UDOWT)

14XI

SET UP TO CHECK

5 MSDS OF WEIGHT REGISTER FOR ALL SET FLAG I

SET UP TO MOVE 5 LSDS OF WEIGHT TO OUTPUT WEIGHT

CHANGE CHECK TO ALL 6 WEIGHT REGISTER DIGIT FOR XI0 EXPAND

X4 r----I

14XI2 EXCHANGE SIGN WITH PROPER WEIGHT

DIGIT

14X6

DECREMENT WEIGHT REGISTER SIGN TO 15: PLUS. 14: MINUS CARRY SETS IF MINUS

SET UP TO ADDRESS 5 DIGIT WEIGHT MSD FOR NORMAL MODE

(BLNKWT)

fIG. /4X

- . .... ~. .... - - .

.. - . - - ' - . ~ .

u.s. Patent May 20, 1980

YI

CORRECT AUTO ZERO (CRCTAZ)

CLEAR ARITHMETIC 14YI

ARI SCRATCH PAD

REGISTER LOAD

CORRECTION FACTOR

OF I TO LSD. LOAD

WEIGHT SIGN TO ACCUMULATOR

14Y2

COMPLEMENT WEIGHT SIGN AND ENTER TO ARITHMETIC ARI SCRATCH PAD REGISTER SIGN. ADDRESS AUTO ZERO REGISTER

Y51------I

14Y5

CORRECT AUTO ZERO OR TARE BY I COUNT. SAVE IN RESULT

N

Y7~----r

RETURN TO CALLED

f 16. /4Y

Sheet 34 of 34

TEST FOR MAXIMUM AUTO ZERO

(MAXAZ)

14Y9

Y9

ZI TOTAL PRICE

ROUNDOFF DIGIT SEARCH (TPRDS)

14Z1

4,204,197

ADDRESS NON -UK METRIC ROUND -OFF ADDRESS IN RESULT

DECREMENT ADDRESS FOR

NON UK 30LB

SCALE

14Z5

DECREMENT ADDRESS FOR UK 30 LB OR METRIC SCALE

14Z6

HAVE PROPER ROUND-OFF ADDRESS IN B REGISTER. LOAD BL TO ACCUMULATOR

RETURN TO CALLER

f /6. /4Z

1

DIGITAL SCALE BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

1. Field of the Invention

This invention concerns weight measuring apparatus.

More particularly, the invention is concerned with a weighing scale system having an improved analog-todigital conversion means including a microcomputer which forms an integral part thereof and to the auto- 10 matic tracking of the net zero indication of such an apparatus.

2. Description of the Prior Art

Weighing and computing scales must meet several stringent requirements for performance and cost. The 15 scales must be accurate enough to satisfy public weights and measures authorities, yet be available at a reasonably affordable price and perform their operations within a period of time which is convenient for sales

transactions. 20

One of the important factors in digital scales upon which cost, accuracy and operation time depends, is the conversion of the unknown analog weight signal corresponding to an article weight to digital data representa-

tive of the article weight. 25

In the past, digital weighing and computing scales have typically performed the analog-to-digital conversion with a separate distinct and independently con-" trolled analog-to-digital converter circuit which may provide its digital output to a data processing means. 30 Typical examples are Williams, Jr. et al, U.S. Pat. No. 3,709,309 and Loshbough et al., U.S. Pat. No. 3,962,569. This prior art circuitry conventionally' uses the dual slope method of analog-to-digital conversion, which method is illustrated in Gilbert, U.S. Pat. No. 3,051,939 35 and Ammann, U.S. Pat. No. 3,316,547. Triple slope analog-to-digital converters are shown in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,577,140 Aasnacs; 3,582,947 Harrison; 3,678,506 Wheable; and Re 28706 Dorey. Reference is also made to U.S. Pat. No. 3,937,287 granted to E. G. Pryor and R. C. 40 Loshbough on Feb. 10, 1976 relating to data filtering. The exemplary embodiment of the invention described herein describes features shown in ,U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,962,569 Loshboughet al; 3,962,570 Loshbough et al; 3,986,012, Loshbough et al; 4,004,139, Hall et al; and 45 application Ser. No. 729,911, Hall et alnow U.S. Pat. No. 4,159,521.

Prior art weight measuring apparatus has generally required circuitry separate' from the data processing means for performing the integrating, 'counting, and 50 control functions normally associated with an integrating type analog-to-digital conversion. Attendant with the requirement for separate circuitry is its cost and the relative inflexibility due to the limited number of func-

tions performed by hardwired circuitry. 55

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

There is, therefore, a need for a weighting scale having a relatively simple design which is capable of more effectively utilizing the data processing means to reduce 60 the number of components required to implement the analog-to-digital conversion and thereby reduce the cost of the weighing scale and allow the analog-to-digi-

tal conversion to avail itself of the flexibility afforded by

the data processing means. 65

The present invention achieves the foregoing needs

by providing a weighing scale system which employs a microcomputer data processing means. which is integral

4,204,197

2

to an analog-to-digital conversion and which is used for controlling the sequence of operations and computing the required data for the scale system. The requirement for separate control and counting circuitry associated

5 solely with the analog-to-digital conversion is thereby eliminated, with the additional advantage of allowing the analog-to-digital conversion to be modified via a modification of the instructions of the microcomputer. In a conventional triple slope analog-to-digital con-

version, an analog signal is applied through a switching circuit to an integrator circuit for a first fixed time interval in order to drive its output from an initial level to a level which is proportional to the amplitude of the analog signal. Then a second integrating interval is begun

in which a clock-driven digital timing counter begins counting time intervals and simultaneously a first refer-

ence DC source is applied through the switching circuit to the integrator to drive its output past a reference level. This level is detected by a threshold detector circuit. In accordance with the present invention, the second time interval is extended an additional time in-

terval beyond the crossover of the reference level. Then during the third integrating interval, the elapse of time

is counted. The slower rate permits the crossover to be more precisely detected. Upon detection of such crossover by the threshold detector, the counting of the elapsed time is halted.

In the prior art a separate single digital counter is used to count the clock pulses to accumulate a count of elapsed time for both the second and third integrating intervals. Its most significant digits are used to accumulate the elapsed time count during the second interval and its least significant digits are used to accumulate the

elapsed time count during the third interval.

A unique feature of the present invention is that the control of the switching circuit is performed by a microcomputer and the output of the threshold detector is

applied directly to the microcomputer so that all counting and arithmetic operations are performed by the microcomputer.

The analog to digital conversion system also affects

other characteristics of a weighing and computing scale. For example, an improved digital input weight filtering arrangement is provided which permits the improved accuracy to be obtained by reducing the filter

delay and at the same time reducing the effects of vi bration or jitter.

In order for a weighing scale to be able to provide a choice of full scale capacities, it is necessary that the weight signal or data be modified in either its analog form or its digital form in a manner which is dependent

upon the particular scale capacity and units of weight which are selected.

The weight can be detected according to a single one of several possible scale capacities and weight units and then multiplied by an appropriate conversion factor when another scale capacity is selected. This, however, requires that a computer of such a weighing scale have

a more complex sequence of operations because for each selected scale capacity it must deal with substan-

tially different numbers in performing all of its various checks and control functions.

Alternatively, the analog weight signal may be amplified by an amplification factor which is unique for each scale capacity. This selective modification of the analog gain has the disadvantage that it requires the use of

either adjustable or multiple circuit elements, such as

3

4,204,197

resistors, in the analog circuitry, one of which must be manually switched into the circuit for each selected amplification factor corresponding to each selected scale capacity. The use of such alternatively selectable circuit elements requires a substantial additional ex- 5 pense and creates problems in calibration.

These problems can be reduced by causing the full capacity analog weight signal for each scale capacity to produce the same digital number at the output of the analog-to-digital converter. This also' permits a single 10 span control to set the full capacity output for all select- . able scale capacities. For example, in the exemplary embodiment of the present invention, a full scale weight for each scale capacity will produce a digital output of 30,000 net effective weight increments which are 15 termed raw weight increments. The number of raw weight increments is then multiplied by a factor, depending upon the scale capacity to obtain the proper weight units.

It is a unique feature of the present invention that it 20 provides substantially the same digital data with a full capacity weight for all selected scale capacities without requiring multiple circuit elements and without requiring modification of the analog circuit gain. This unique aspect of the present invention is provided by the mi- 25 crocomputer implementation of the analog-to-digital conversion.

Another unique feature of the present invention relates to the computing and displaying of a net weight. The prior art includes weighing and computing scales 30 upon which a food container or other tare weight may

be placed, weighed and have the tare weight entered into memory. This stored tare weight is available for later subtraction from the gross weight of the filled container to compute and display the net weight of the 35 contents.

Whenever such a tare weight container is placed on the platter of a scale operating in such a net mode, the digital display should indicate a zero weight. However, drift and hysteresis effects may cause the digital data 40 representing the subsequent measurement of the weight

of the container to be different from the previously measured weight data which was stored as the tare weight. Consequently, a subtraction of the earlier stored tare weight from the currently measured weight 45 may cause an erroneous non-zero numer to be displayed.

It is a unique feature of the present invention that such drift or wandering in the digital tare weight data is automatically tracked and the stored tare weight is 50 automatically updated so that an accurate net zero indication is maintained.

The objects and features of the invention will be apparent from the specification and claims when considered in connection with the accompanying drawings 55 illustrating the exemplary embodiment of the invention.

The means, apparatus, and structure, by which the above novel improvements, in accordance with the present invention, are achieved in the exemplary embodiment described herein, comprises various registers, 60 counters, timers, flags, storage spaces, together with specific routines and routine loops for the control of the respective apparatus or means by the central controlled unit. In addition, numerous switches, lamps and display devices cooperate with the central control unit and the 65 various storage spaces, counters, timers, etc., which apparatus comprises input and output means for the system.

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating the apparatus of the exemplary embodiment of the invention.

FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating the layout and relative interrelationship of the circuit diagrams of FIGS. 3 through 8 and is shown on the same sheet as FIG. 10.

FIGS. 3 through 8 show the detailed circuitry of an exemplary embodiment of the invention.

FIGS. 9 through 11 are block diagrams of the integrated circuits forming the central processor, memory and general purpose keyboard and display interface devices used in combination with the circuitry of the exemplary embodiment of the invention.

FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating the operation of the exemplary embodiment of the invention.

FIG. 13 is a random access memory assignment table illustrating the assignments for the memory of the exemplary embodiment of the invention.

FIGS. 14A through 14Z are flow diagrams illustrating the operation of the preferred embodiment of the invention (FIG. numbers 140 and 14U are not used for clarity).

In describing the preferred embodiment of the invention illustrated in the drawings, specific terminology will be resorted to for the sake of clarity. However, it is not intended to be limited to the specific terms so selected, and it is to be understood that each specific term includes all technical equivalents which operate in a similar manner to accomplish a similar purpose. For example, the term connection is not necessarily limited to direct connection but also includes connection through other circuit elements.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION.

The exemplary embodiment of the invention is illustrated in the block diagram of FIG. 1. A load cell 40 mechanically supports a platter 12 and is supplied with electrical energy by a power source 42. The load cell applies an analog weight signal through a preamplifier 44 and filter 46 to a switching circuit 50. The analog weight signal has an amplitude which is dependent upon the weight supported by the load cell 40.

The switching circuit 50 is also connected to the power supply so that not only the analog signal but also two reference DC sources can be sequentially applied to the integrator 51 during the performance of a triple slope AID conversion. The output of the integrator is amplified by an amplifier 52 and applied to a threshold detector so that the crossover of the integrator output with its reference output level is detected by the threshold detector 53. The output of the amplifier is also connected to the switching means 50 for use in resetting the integrator 51. The output of the threshold detector 53 is applied to a microcomputer 54 which is also connected to the switching circuit 50 for controlling its switching functions.

The microcomputer 54 is connected to a printer 28 and through latch decoder and driver circuitry 56 to indicator lamp displays 26. Operational mode selector switches 22 are also connected to data input terminals of the microcomputer 54.

The microcomputer is further connected to a general purpose keyboard and display interface 58 for receiving data from a keyboard 20 and transmitting data through . adecoder/driver 60 to digit displays 24. The "PREPACK ON/OFF" switch 16 and the "Z" key 17 are

5

4,204,197

individually connected to discrete inputs to the microcomputer 54.

In this exemplary embodiment, the analog-to-digital conversion is performed by the combination of the switching circuit 50, the reference DC sources derived 5 from the power source 42, the integrator 51, the threshold detector 53 and the microcomputer 54. The amplifier 52 is provided to amplify the integrator output so that the threshold detector will more accurately determine when the integrator output crosses the threshold 10 voltage.

The microcomputer 54 includes storage registers in which the elapsed time counts, which are derived from

a microcomputer program or instruction loop, are accumulated. It also includes stored data for each scale ca- 15 pacity. The microcomputer 54 includes a central processor, associated memory and stored data for controlling the switching circuit 50 to appropriately apply the inputs to the integrator 51 in the proper sequence and at the proper time, for interrogating the output of the 20 threshold detector 53, and for arithmetically processing the accumulated elapsed time intervals or counts.

FIG. 12 illustrates, in simplified form, the signal relationships which are most significant in describing the 25 invention. The vertical axes represent amplitudes which are not drawn to scale in order that the principles of operation may be more clearly illustrated. The horizon-

tal axis represents time.

The top most graph 12A depicts the computer inter- 30 rogation and counting cycles and in the exemplary embodiment have a 65 microsecond period. These are not drawn to scale because several thousand such cycles would be needed. Each cycle represents the length of time required for the microcomputer to loop through its 35 interrogation and indexing sequence of operations.

Below that is a graph 12B illustrating in a solid line the output of the integrator 51 and also illustrating, with broken lines, portions of alternative outputs from the

integrator 51. 40

Finally, the lowest graph 12C illustrates the output state of the threshold detector 53. Its threshold level is set to correspond to the initial level Vo at the output of the integrator 51 and its output is high when the output

of the integrator is negative and is low when the output 45 of the integrator is positive.

Referring to FIGS. 1 and 12, at time To the microcomputer 54 switches the switching circuit 50 to apply the analog signal, which was derived from the load cell, to the input of the integrator 51. This analog 50 signal continues to be applied and is integrated for the entire time interval TI. This input causes the output of the integrator to be driven from its initial level Vo along slope SI to level V I. The magnitude of V 1- Vo is directly proportional function of the amplitude of the 55 analog signal and is also a function of its integration time TI.

The time interval T I is a different but fixed and constant time for each different scale capacity and is controlled by the microcomputer 54 and is obtained by 60 reading permanently stored timing data from the computer memory, loading it into suitable registers and sequentially setting the registers in accordance with selected timing loop instructions.

One unique feature of the present invention is that 65 this first integrating interval Tj, during which the analog signal is integrated, is different for each scale capacity and therefore different data is stored in memory and

6

loaded into the time delay registers for each scale capacity.

A particular T I time is chosen for each scale capacity so that whatever scale capacity is selected, a full scale weight on the platter for that scale capacity will always drive the integrator output to substantially the same level. Assume for example that the above described integration along integrator output slope SI represents a 20 pound weight on the platter 12 with a 30 pound scale capacity selected, then a 30 pound weight on the platter 12 would integrate along slope SBto arrive at VMAxat the time TIA after time interval TI. If, for example, a 15 kg scale capacity were then selected, a shorter analog signal integrating the time would be provided by the microcomputer 54 so that a 15 kg weight on the scale platter would drive the integrator output along the slope Sc to reach V MAX at a time T lB. In the examplary embodiment, the following analog signal time intervals are used:

6 kgx2 g-239.660 milliseconds 15 kgX5 g-95.790 milliseconds

30 IbXO.Ollb-105.625 milliseconds

At time TIA which is the end of the first integrating time interval Tj, the microcomputer 54 switches the switching circuit 50 to begin the second integrating time interval T2 by applying a first reference DC source II to the input of the integrator 51. This first reference DC source II is then integrated to drive the integrator output level, which represents the sum of the integral obtained during T 1 and the integral being performed during T2, along slope S2 back towards and past the initial integrator output level Yo.

After initiating this second integrating interval T2, the microcomputer begins periodically interrogating the output of the threshold detector 53 looking for the transition which indicates the crossover of the integrator output level with its initial level Yo.

Each time the microcomputer interrogates the output of the threshold detector 53 and finds that crossover has not occurred, it increments a memory register referred to as the T2 register or T2 counter which is assigned to accumulate such interrogation counts. Each such interrogation and counting cycle or instruction loop requires the identical time to perform which in the exemplary embodiment, is 65 m sec.

Eventually, at a time labelled T2A in FIG. 12B, the output of the integrator 51 crosses over its initial level Vo causing the output of the threshold detector to switch from a high state to a low state. This transition may occur anywhere within an interrogation and indexing cycle or the end or beginning of such a cycle. However, because of the digital ambiguity the microcomputer 54 will not detect this transition until it interrogates the output of the threshold detector 53 at time T2B.

When the switching of the output of the threshold detector 53 is detected at T 2B by the microcomputer 54, no more interrogation and indexing cycle counts are accumulated in the memory register. Therefore, the digital count accumulated in the first memory register at time T2B represents the sum of the amplitude (V I - V 0) plus any overshoot V 2 - Voaf slope S2, beyond level Yo.

On occasion, the coincidence of the integrator output with the threshold level Vo will occur relatively near the end of a counting cycle. The possibility then exists that circuit switching, which occurs at the end of the computer interrogating cycles, may cause transients

7

4,204,197

8

which might cause erroneous operation. For example, if the integrator output to its input. This negative feed-

the crossover occurs just before an interrogation of the back drives the integrator output to Vn following T 4 by

output of the threshold detector 53 by the microcom- effectively discharging the capacitor of the integrator

puter 54 so that very little overshoot occurs, then the 51. This is desirable because the current may drift prior

output level of the integrator will be close to the level 5 to the next integrating cycle and because the overshoot

Va. If the next integrating interval T3 were then begun, and the end of the interval T3 may produce an error in

a computer clock pulse may cause the threshold detec- the time of crossover during the T2 interval in which

tor 53 to switch states prematurely. the integration is done along the steeper slope S2.

A unique feature of the present invention is that these The integration functions of the triple slope AID

crosstalk problems can be eliminated by providing an 10 conversion are completed with the accumulation in

extra delay at the end of the T2 interval after the mi- . each of two memory registers of the digital count data

crocomputer 54 has detected the Vo crossover. Conve- taken along slopes S2 and S3. The microcomputer must

niently, this delay interval, labelled T2C, can be made now take this data and derive a digital number which is

equal to one interrogation cycle and will cause the proportional to V I - Vo and which therefore is propor-

integrator output to be driven further along S2 from V 2 15 tional to the amplitude of the analog input signal which

and V3. However, the count accumulating memory is was integrated during time interval TI.

not incremented so that no count is added to the mem- The counts in the T2 register are proportional to

ory register for that extra cycle. V I - V 2. The counts accumulated in the T 3 register are

After delay time T2C, the computer 54 switches the proportional to V3- Va. However, these counts were

switching circuit 50 to apply a second reference DC 20 derived from the integration of two different reference

source h to the integrator 51. This second reference DC DC sources of substantially different amplitudes. There-

source Iz is substantially less than the first reference DC fore each T2 count represents a different and greater

source II which was integrated during interval T2 be- quantity of integrator output amplitude and thus a

cause it is desired to integrate at a reduced slope S2 in greater weight increment than is represented by each

order to obtain more precisely the time of the coinci- 25 T3 count. In the exemplary embodiment, the first refer-

dence of the integrator output with its initial level Va. ence DC source II is 32 times greater than the second

In the exemplary embodiment of the invention, the reference DC source h and therefore each T2 count

reference source which is integrated during the T2 inter- represents 32 times as much amplitude (32 raw weight

val is 32 times greater than the reference source which increments) as does each T3 count.

is integrated during the T3 interval. Therefore, the mag- 30 In order to equalize the value of each count in the T2

nitude of the slope S2 of the integrator output during and T3 counters, the microcomputer 54 first multiplies

interval T 2 is 32 times greater than the magnitude of the the T 2 count by the ratio of 11112 which in the exem-

slope S3 during interval T3. plary embodiment is 32. There upon the result repre-

Upon the beginning of interval T3, the microcom- sents the raw weight increments.

puter 54 again goes through interrogating and counting 35 By way of example, 600 interrogating and counting

cycles just as it did during interval T2. However, during cycle counts may have been accumulated in the T2

interval T3, the interrogating and counting cycles are register in driving the integrator output from VI to V2

counted by incrementing a memory register referred to and 45 interrogating and counting cycle counts may

as the T3 counter or T3 register. Then, as during interval have been accumulated in the T3 counter in driving the

T2, counts continue to be accumulated in the second 40 integrator output from V3 to Vo during interval T3.

memory register until the first interrogation of the Consequently, in accordance with the invention, the

threshold detector 53 by the computer 54 which occurs microcomputer will multiply 600 by 32 to obtain a prod-

after coincidence of the integrator output with the uct of 19,200 raw weight increments represented by

threshold level Va. When the computer detects the V I - V 2.

resultant output level change of the threshold detector 45 The microcomputer then processes the Tscount to

53 at time T4, the T3 integrating interval and the count convert it from a number representing V3- Vo to a

accumulation is stopped by the microcomputer 54. number representing V2- Va. This is done by subtract-

At time T 4, the count accumulated in the second ing from the T 3 count a number of counts representing

register during interval T3, is directly proportional to V3- V2. Since the integration along slope S2 from V2 to

and represents the difference between the integrator 50 V 3 required one interrogating and counting cycle dur-

output level V 3 at T2C which is at the beginning of ing time T2, that interval T2crepresents the same ampli-

interval T3 and the integrator output level at T 4 at the tude as is represented by a number of T3 counts which

end of interval T3. For computational purposes, the is equal to the ratio of the first reference DC source II

integrator output level at the end of T', is assumed to be to the second constant DC source h. Consequently, the

Vo- Since this is a digital ambiguity within one of the 55 microscomputer subtracts that ratio 11112 from the accu-

counting cycles for the integration along the lesser mulated T3 count.

slope S3, it will be apparent from the following discus- In the above example for the exemplary embodiment,

sion that the error is less than one part in 30,000 at full the number 32 is the ratio which is subtracted from the

scale capacity in the exemplary embodiment. T3 count of 45 yield a difference of 13 counts. These 13

Nonetheless the time T4, when the microcomputer 60 counts represent 13 raw weight increments represented

detects the crossover, there will again be some over- by V 2 - Vo.

shoot past the initial level Va if the crossover occurs Therefore, the microcomputer can now arithmeti-

between periodic interrogations of the output of the cally derive the number of raw weight increments rep-

threshold detector 53. resented by V I - Vo by subtracting this difference of T 3

In order to remove the affect of this overshoot and 65 counts which represents V 2 - Vo from 32 times the num-

accurately reset the integrator precisely to the identical ber of T2 counts. In the example, the microcomputer

Vo prior to each integration, the microcomputer 54 subtracts 13 from 19,200 to yield 19,187 raw weight

switches the switching circuit 50 to effectively connect increments.

9

4,204,197

This digital number is proportional to the amplitude

of the analog weight signal which was integrated during

TI. In the exemplary embodiment this digital represents weight increments which are referred to as raw weight increments herein.

Each weight indication is then filtered by an improved digital filter. Each weight, when obtained, is subtracted from the filtered weight and the difference divided by two. A one is then added or subtracted from

the result to make the result approach the last weight 10 and the last weight corrected by the final result.

This digital number of raw weight units is multiplied

by the computer at a later time by the computer by a factor, depending upon the scale capacity to obtain the weight in the proper units for display.

The present invention maintains an accurate zero indication when the scale is not operating in the net mode and also maintains an accurate net zero indication

in addition by updating the data stored in a tare weight

register. 20

Tare weight data may be entered into a tare memory register by either of two methods. The digits of a tare weight may be keyed in through the keyboard 20 and this is referred to as a keyboard tare. The tare weight data may also be entered into memory by placing an 25 empty container or other tare weight on the platter and depressing the "T" key. This is referred to as manual tare and causes the scale to read the tare weight and store it in the tare memory.

After a tare weight is properly entered by either of 30 these operations, the computing and weighing scale displays the net weight, which is the difference between the weight of an object on the platter and the weight data stored in the tare register. Consequently, an object weighing the same as the tare weight, for example, the 35 same empty container, should cause a zero net weight to

be displayed. A lessor weight on the platter will generate the display of a negative weight.

Unfortunately, creep, hysteresis effects and drift may cause an object on the platter to generate slightly differ- 40 ent tare weight data at different times. Similar difficulties have been observed in the maintenance of a gross zero indication as described in Loshbough et al, U.S. Pat. No. 3,986,012. In that situation, a separate auto zero register is used to store a correction factor for automati- 45 cally correcting the gross zero indication. However, it has been discovered that the same auto zero register cannot be used for net zero tracking because whenever the scale reverts from a net mode of operation back to

its gross mode, the auto zero register would still contain 50 net zero tracking data and be erroneous for gross auto zero correction purposes.

The invention involves the periodic updating of the tare weight data to track such wander in order to maintain the display of a zero net weight under the condi- 55 tions for which a zero net weight should be displayed and in order to use the most recently detected and most accurate tare weight data as a reference which is subtracted from total gross weight to compute net weight.

Each time the microcomputer 54 computes a net 60 weight, it examines that weight data to determine whether the tare weight data should be modified. If the net weight is found to be exactly zero, then no drift has occurred and no tracking is necessary. Since a zero indication already exists, the microcomputer skips the 65 remaining net zero tracking sequence of operations.

However, if the computed net weight is not exactly zero, it is then examined to determine whether it is close

10

5

enough to a net weight of zero that its departure from zero can be attributed to creep, drift or hysteresis effects rather than to a change in the weight placed on the platter.

This decision, whether the net zero tracking should actually be performed, is made by determining whether the net weight is within a preselected, narrow, weight range or band centered about a net weight indication of zero. Therefore if the computed but non-zero net weight is outside this range, the remainder of the net zero tracking sequence of operations is skipped. However, if it is within the range, net zero tracking is performed by modifying the previously stored tare weight data to compensate for the shift or wander of the net

15 zero.

Data representing the preselected range within which net zero tracking is performed is permanently stored in the memory of the microcomputer 54. In the exemplary embodiment of the invention this range is a predetermined number of increments which represent different weights for each scale capacity so the net zero tracking

sequence of operations is done with data which has already been multiplied by a scale conversion factor to represent output increments of weight rather than units of raw weight increments.

For example, in the exemplary embodiment, for the following scale capacities, the net weight must be within the following ranges in order for the tare weight

data to be modified to track the net zero: '

Scale Capacity

Range

6kg X 0.OO2kg 15kg X 0.OO5Kg 30lb X 0.01 Ib

±0.OOO8kg ±OO.OOO2kg ±OO.OO4lb

If the net weight is within the preselected range for the selected scale capacity, then the microcomputer modifies the tare weight register in a direction which will reduce the next computed net weight by one increment of its least significant digit.

If the net weight is within the preselected range for the selected scale capacity, then the microcomputer modifies the tare weight register in a direction which will reduce the next computed net weight by one increment of its least significant digit.

This is done by algebraically adding to the tare weight data a one having the same sign as the previously computed net weight.

For example, for the 30 lb xu.Ol lb capacity, a computed net weight of +00.002 pounds will cause a + 1 to be added to the least significant digit of the tare weight data, any carry being appropriately propagated. If the stored tare weight was 00.192 pounds it will become 00.193 pounds. Therefore, the next time a net weight is computed for the identical gross weight data, the net weight will be +00.001 pounds.

If the gross weight data does not change, continued repetition of the above sequence of operations will continue to increment the stored tare weight data ultimately to cause a net weight indication of 00.000 pounds. Thus, in the exemplary embodiment 00.00 will be displayed when only the 4 most significant digits are displayed. The repetition of these net weight tracking operations occur approximately five times per second in the exemplary embodiment.

The exemplary embodiment of the invention incorporates and cooperates with many features shown in U.S.

4,204,197

Pat. Nos. 3,962,569; 3,962,570; and 3,986,012; and in U.S. applications Ser. Nos. 573,162 and 729,911 which are incorporated herein.

However, these features are briefly described to the extent which is helpful to enable those skilled in the art 5 to construct an embodiment of the invention and to practice the invention.

The exemplary embodiment comprises a digital weighing and computing scale to determine the weight

of merchandise, to compute the total price or value of 10 the merchandise and to display, and optionally to print; the price per unit weight, the weight of the merchandise and the total value or total price of the merchandise.

FIG. 1 is a block diagram of the exemplary embodiment of the invention and was broadly described above. 15 The exemplary embodiment has input and output structures which may be explained in more detail.

The first input device is the load cell 40 linked to a platter 12 upon which merchandise is supported. The load cell 40 provides the analog output signal which is 20 related to the weight of the merchandise.

The second group of inputs comprises operator accessible switches 20 including a "PREPACK on/orr' switch 16 for selecting a prepack mode of operation and

a keyboard 20 having keys labelled and physically ar- 25 ranged as illustrated in FIG. 1. The "PREPACK on/off' switch is not provided for UK modes of operation when Half Pence pricing is used. While the "PREPACK on/off' switch 16 is not electrically a part of the keyboard, it is conveniently positioned adjacent the 30 keyboard for ease of access by the operator.

The third group of inputs comprises a plurality of programmable mode selector switches 22 which are selectively switched at the factory or by a service technician in the field and are inaccessible to the operator. 35 These mode selector switches 22 are labelled as indicated in FIG. 1 and are switched to those operational modes which are appropriate for the weight and currency units, legal standards and requirements and to the merchandising and pricing methods of the particular 40 store in which the weighing and computing scale will

be used.

The weighing and computing scale embodying the present invention also has three groups of output devices. The first group consists of two identical sets of 45 three numerical display devices 24. One set is mounted

so that it is visible to the scale operator and a duplicate set is mounted to be visible to the customer or purchaser

of the merchandise.

Each display device contains five, cold cathode, gas 50 discharge display digits with three lower commas, each digit having seven segments to display any number from zero through nine. The three displays of each duplicate

set ordinarily display price per unit, net or gross weight and total value.

The second output group comprises a pair of duplicate front and back indicator lamp displays, one facing the operator and one facing the purchasing customer. Each indicator lamp display has six translucent windows upon which labels are printed and which are at 60 times backlighted by suitable lamps for making the labels visible. As illustrated in FIG. 1, the labels include "Zero", "NET", "PREPACK", "!", "r' and a sixth legend which is alternatively labelled at the factory

either "LB" or "KG". 65

The third output is a printer 28 which is optional.

The "Z" key 17 is operated to zero or null the scale.

After power is first applied to the weighing and com-

12

puting scale embodying the present invention or after a power interruption, no unit price data or tare weight data will be accepted and no total price or value will be

displayed until the exemplary embodiment has been so zeroed. The scale may also be zeroed at other times using the "Z" key.

The scale is zeroed in response to depression of the

"Z" key 17 when no substantial weight is on the scale by loading the presently detected weight into a memory register for subsequent use as a correction factor. In subsequent weight measurements this correction factor

is subtracted from the detected weight to provide a corrected weight. Consequently a zero weight indication will be displayed when there is no weight on the scale.

In order for the exemplary embodiment to perform the zero operation in response to depression of the "Z" pushbutton 17, all of the following four conditions must

exist. These interlocks prevent the customer from being defrauded by intentional or accidental creation of an erroneous zero. First, the "Z" pushbutton 17 must be

depressed continuously for at least 1.5 seconds. Second, the platform of the scale must have been motionless for a predetermined interval of time. Third, there must be no tare weight data stored in the memory registers of the exemplary embodiment. Fourth, there must be no

significant weight on the platter.

Shortly after the exemplary embodiment has been zeroed in this manner the lamp behind the "ZERO" legend of the indicator lamp display 26 will be illuminated.

The keyboard 20 is a 4 X 5 matrix in which 15 of its

key positions are used. The 10 keys labelled "0" through "9" are used to key in price per unit information and, under conditions subsequently described, may be used to key in a tare weight.

Tare weight data may be entered into memory regis-

ters in one of two ways. First, a known tare weight may be keyed in by using the keys labelled "0" through "9" of the keyboard 20 and then subsequently depressing the "T" key within two seconds after entry of the last

tare weight digit. Such a keyboard entry of tare weight data is accepted only if the corresponding mode of operation is selected by the appropriate mode selector switches 22. Second, an empty container or other object of unknown tare weight may be positioned on the plat-

ter 12 and the "T" key then depressed to cause the exemplary embodiment of the invention to automatically store in memory the weight of that object as the tare weight. This is termed a manual tare operation. A tare weight will be accepted and entered into memory

only when certain conditions exist which are described in connection with FIGS. 14A-14Z in the detailed description of the operation of the exemplary embodi-

55 ment.

If an operator discovers that erroneous tare weight data has been entered, the tare data may be cleared by pressing the key with the numeral "0" and then pressing the "T" key within 2 seconds of the operation of the "0" key. However, such a clearing of the tare data will only be accepted and the tare data will be cleared only if the

net weight on the scale is less than 10 scale increments. This prevents the defrauding of a customer by the erroneous clearing or changing of the tare data while an object is on the platter.

After the entry and acceptance of tare weight data, . the "NET" legends of the indicator lamp displays will be backlighted to signify that the exemplary embodi-

13

4,204,197

ment is in a net mode of operation and therefore that its displayed data is a net weight.

If tare weight data has been entered by a manual tare, then the removal of the container will cause the exemplary embodiment to display the tare weight preceded 5 by a negative sign.

The ten digit keys 0 through 9 are used to enter the price per unit weight either after tare data has been entered into memory or, under no tare conditions, by keying in the price per unit and failing to depress the 10 "T" key.

The fraction keys 21 and 23 bear, respectively, the legends 'T' and "1". These fraction keys are depressed to input the information that the pricing is per ! unit or

1 unit of weight. Depression of a fraction key 21 or 23 15 at the appropriate time will cause the corresponding fractional legend on the indicator lamp displays 26 to be illuminated.

The "CLEAR" key of the keyboard 20 may perform two different functions. First, any price data which has 20 been entered may be cleared by depressing the "CLEAR" key. Second, when the "CLEAR" key is pressed and held in a depressed position, all output displays will be blanked or held off. If the pushbutton is released and subsequently again held in a depressed 25 state, all display segments and all display indicating lamps will be turned on.

These two modes permit the displays to be checked

to make certain that there are no short circuits which are erroneously turning on display segments and no 30 open circuits which are preventing display sigements from being turned on.

When the weighing and computing scale embodying the present invention is used with a printer 28, the operator may depress the "PRINT" key to initiate the print- 35 ing of an appropriate label bearing the price per unit, the total weight and the total value.

The manually programmable mode selector switches

22 comprise a plurality of individually operable, single pole, single throw switches. Their functions are en- 40 abled, that is their labelled conditions exist, when the switches are on or made.

The exemplary embodiment of the present invention has three selectable scale capacities, these are: 15.000 kgxO.005 kg., 30.00 lbs. XO.Ollbs. and 6.000 kg X 0.002 45 kg. For selecting the particular scale capacity which is desired, two capacity-enabled mode selector switches are provided, a first switch 1 for selecting the 6 kg scale and a second switch 2 for selecting the 30 lb capacity. If both of these mode selector switches are off, then IS kg 50 scale capacity is chosen.

Under most conditions, the price per unit and the total price will be four digit numbers from 0 to 99.99. However, mode selector switches are provided to permit either or both of the price per unit and the total 55 price to be displayed as a five digit number. Selection of these modes is accomplished by switching to the on position the mode selector switch 3 labelled "5 digit unit price" and/or the mode selector switch 4 labelled "5

digit total price." 60

A mode selector switch 5 labelled "xlO EXPAND" provides a mode which increases displayed resolution by causing the display of the raw weight increment data. This mode may be used when calibrating, servic-

ing or testing the exemplary embodiment. 65

A mode selector switch 6 labelled "PRINT INHIBIT", when switched to :jts on position, will cause printing to be inhibited for weights less than 20 scale

14

increments. A mode selector switch 7 labelled "KEYBOARD TARE ENABLE" is switched on to permit tare weights to be entered on the keyboard as described above.

The mode selector switch 8 labelled "AUTOCLEAR PRICE AND TARE" may be switched to its on position so that whenever the scale weight goes above ten scale increments and remains above ten increments for one second or longer and then returns below ten scale increments, the price per unit data and the tare weight data will be automatically cleared. This avoids the necessity of requiring the operator to manually clear the price per unit data and tare weight data each time merchandise is weighed.

A "TARE MANDATORY" mode selector switch 9 may be switched to its on position to require the input of a tare weight before the exemplary embodiment will compute and display the total price.

The mode selector switch 10, labelled "300 PRINTER ENABLE" is provided for use with the model Toledo/300 Automatic label printer manufactured by the Toledo Scale Division of Reliance Electric Company. When switched to its on position, it limits the printing of price per unit, weight and total value to four digits each.

Mode selector switch 12 labelled "UK" enables half penny pricing for the United Kingdom.

The mode selector switch 13, labelled "PRICE PER UNIT", is switched to its on position whenever it is desired to permit factor pricing (e.g., price per 1 and! pound), to be entered on the keyboard and yet have the price per pound displayed.

In some areas a "price by count" mode of operation is desired. To allow this mode to be elected, the "PREPACK on/off" switch 16 may be provided in an alternate embodiment with a third position labelled "price by count".

When the "PREPACK" switch 16 is switched to its on position, the previously entered price per unit data and tare weight data will not be automatically cleared regardless of the position of the mode selector switch 8. The "PREPACK" switch 16 causes the "PREPACK" legend to be backlighted and overrides the mode selector switch 8 so that re-entry of the identical price per unit and tare weight after each weighing operation will not be necessary.

In addition to the operational modes and functions already described above, the exemplary embodiment of the present invention automatically performs several other operations regardless of the selected mode.

Automatic gross zero compensation or auto zero tracking compensates the scale for minor off-sets from a zero weight after correction. Whenever the presently detected and corrected weight is within 4 raw weight increments of zero, the correction factor is modified to automatically bring the corrected weight to within one raw weight increment of zero. This automatic gross zero compensation will occur for variations in zero which occur at a rate of 5 raw weight increments per second or slower so long as the total compensation, that is the total correction factor, is within ±400 raw weight increments. The exemplary embodiment of the invention also provides net zero tracking as previously described.

It might be noted by way of further explanation, that the "Z" key 17 causes the capture range of the automatic gross zero tracking system to be extended from

15

4,204,197

16

±4 raw weight increments as described above to ±400 input of the OP-AMP 72. In addition, the inverting

raw weight increments. input of the OP-AMP 74 is connected to the wiper of a

The exemplary embodiment of the invention is also potentiometer 76 which is used to shift the output level

provided with a motion detection system which detects of OP-AMP 72. The potentiometer 76 is manually ad-

weight changes greater than ±0.5 displayed increment 5 justed to compensate for small differences in the me-

per 1/5 second. The detection of such platter motion chanical and electrical parameters of production parts

causes the display lamps behind the legend "LB" or and circuits to provide a total effective analog signal

"KG" to be turned off and signals to the remainder of component resulting primarily from loading of the

the circuitry of the exemplary enbodiment that a motion strain gages 70 when the platter has no object placed

condition exists. 10 thereon. Thus known analog signal component or ana-

A gross weight exceeding the scale capacity by more. log offset is subsequently removed by a subtraction in

than 5 scale increments causes the weight display and the digital data processing circuitry.

the total value or total price display to be blanked. Referring now to FIG. 4, the output 80 of the pream-

A total price calculation in excess of the digit nine in plifier 44 provides a voltage having an amplitude pro-

all four character positions of the total price register (or 15 portional to the sum of the analog offset and the signal

alternatively all five if the five digit total price mode is change resulting from an object being placed on the

selected) will cause the total price display to be blanked. platter 12 and is applied to an active filter circuit 46.

The circuitry of the weighing and computing scale This active filter circuit 46 is a low pass filter designed

illustrated in FIG. 1 is shown in detail in the schematic to filter out scale platform or platter vibration. The

diagrams of FIGS. 3 through 11. FIG. 2 shows how 20 output circuit of the active filter 46 includes a span

FIGS. 3 through 8 are associated to illustrate the com- adjustment potentiometer 92 which is connected as a

plete circuit. The random access memory assignments simple voltage divider for adjustably selecting the de-

are illustrated in in FIG. 13 and are discussed in connec- sired proportion of the flltered analog weight voltage to

tion with the subsequent description of the detailed be applied through the switching circuit 50 to the inte-

operation of the exemplary embodiment. 25 grator 52 at the appropriate time. This potentiometer

FIG. 3 illustrates a load cell 40 which is mechanically adjusts the analog circuit gain to a value suitable for the

linked to the platter 12 and includes four resistive strain various scale capacities.

gage elements which are connected in a Wheatstone The switching circuit 50 under the control of the

bridge arrangement 70. Typical scale mechanisms suit- microcomputer 54 (see FIG. 1) may be used to selec-

able for cooperatirig in the embodiment of the invention 30 tively gate one of four possible inputs through four field

described herein are shown in U.S. Pat. No. 3,847,238 effect transistors to the input 98 of the integrator 51.

granted to D. L. Hall, et al., on Nov. 12, 1974 and in The four alternatively selectable inputs are: (1) the ana-

U.S. Pat. No. 3,074,496 granted to L. S. Williams on log weight signal from the wiper of the potentiometer

Jan. 22, 1963. 92 which is applied through a resistor 85 and FET 94;

Electrical power from the regulated power supply 42 35 (2) a reference DC source applied through resistor 87

is applied across one pair of opposite terminals of the and FET 95; (3) a second reference DC source which is

bridge 70. The other pair of opposite terminals of the applied through resistor 91 and FET 96; and (4) a reset

strain gage bridge 70 forms the output of the strain gage signal applied through resistor 93 and FET 97. In the

bridge and is connected to the input of the preamplifier exemplary embodiment, resistors 85,87, and 91 are all

44. With no strain, the bridge 70 would be balanced and 40 500 K ohms.

the output would be zero volts. In this state each output The gates of four FETS 94, 95, 96, and 97 are con-

terminal of the strain gage bridge is at the same potential nected to four discrete input-output terminals, 1,42,41,

intermediate the potentials of the terminals of the regu- and 40 of the CPU as illustrated in FIGS. 5 and 9 so that

lated power source 42. However, in practical applica- the CPU can control these gates.

tion the strain gage bridge 70 will be under the stress of 45 As previously described in the exemplary embodi-

the platter and other mechanical linkages. ment, the amplitude of the first reference DC source,

Any weight positioned on the platter 12 will further which is integrated during the second integration inter-

deform the resistive element of the bridge 70 causing a val T2 of the triple slope AID conversion, is 32 times

variation in their resistance and unbalancing of the greater than the second reference DC source which is

bridge. In this manner an output analog voltage is ob- 50 integrated during the third integration time interval T3.

tained from the strain gage bridge 70 which is related to This is accomplished in the exemplary embodiment

the weight of the object on the platter 12 and is applied by referencing the input to the integrator 51 to a partie-

and amplified by the preamplifier 44. ular non-zero potential rather.than to ground. In partie-

The preamplifier 44 has two differential operational ular, series resistors R and Rl32 shown in FIG. 4 form

amplifiers 72 and 74 which are connected to form a 55 a voltage divider between the power supply potential of

differential amplifier presenting a very high input -15 volts and ground. Resistor R is 32 K ohms and

impedence to the output of the strain gage bridge 70 so resistor Rl32 is 1 K ohm. Therefore, the reference po-

that there is substantially no current drain from the tential which is always applied to the noninverting

bridge 70 while still providing a preamplifier which is a input of OP-AMP 99 of the integrator 51 has an ampli-

true differential amplifier rejecting all common mode 60 tude equal to 1/33 of the power supply potential and has

voltages such as drift or changes in the bridge excitation the same polarity. In the exemplary embodiment this

voltage. reference potential fixed is at -(15/33) volts relative to

The non-inverting input of the OP-AMP 72 is con- ground potential by resistors R and Rl32.

nected to one of the output terminals of the strain gage During the first integrating interval TI of the triple

bridge 70. The other output terminal of the bridge 70 is 65 slope conversion, a positive analog weight signal is

connected to the non-inverting input of OP-AMP 74. normally applied to the integrator 51. Then, during the

The OP-AMP 74 provides a substantially unity gain . second interval T2, the -15 volt power supply provides

amplifier with its output fed across to the inverting the first reference DC source having a polarity opposite

17

4,204,197

to the polarity of the analog weight signal and having an amplitude of -(32/33)X 15 volts relative to the reference potential at the noninverting input of the opAMP 99.

During the third integrating interval T3, FET 96 is 5 switched on to apply a second reference DC source to the integrator which is derived through resistor 91 from ground potential. Since ground potential is positive with respect to the reference voltage at the noninverting input ofOP-AMP 99 and has an amplitude of 15/33 10 volts, the connection of the integrator input 98 to ground through resistor 91 effectively provides a second reference DC source during interval T3 which is both opposite in polarity to and 1/32 the amplitude of

the reference DC source applied during interval T2. 15

Except for this manner of referencing the integrator 51, it is a conventional integrator circuit including an integrating capacitor 100.

The output of the integrator 51 is applied to the amplifier 52 and through it to the threshold detector 53. 20 The amplifier 52 comprises an OP-AMP 104 and is provided to amplify the output of the integrator 51 to make the slope of the output of integrator 51 steeper so that the time of its crossover with its initial level can be

more accurately determined. 25

The threshold detector circuit 53 includes an OPAMP 106. It is simply a high gain amplifier which is driven from one saturation to the other when its input voltage crosses zero.

FIGS. 5-8 show the details of the input and output 30 devices and circuitry and the digital data processing and control circuitry.

In accordance with the present invention the microcomputer 54 of FIG. 1 may be any of several suitable types of commercially available microcomputers or 35 other similar control circuitry including wired components . of types well known in the computer and electronics arts.

In the exemplary embodiment of the invention, the microcomputer 54 is essentially a PPS-4 parallel pro- 40 cessing, microcomputer system developed by and using devices manufactured by Rockwell International Corporation. The microcomputer 54 is comprised essentially of a central processing unit or CPU which in the exemplary embodiment described herein is a Rockwell 45 PPS-4/2 unit and a memory unit having both read only memory or ROM for storage of program and fixed constants and also random access memory or RAM for storage of data for use in processing. The preferred memory used with the exemplary embodiment of the 50 invention is a Rockwell PIN A17XX device.

In addition to its connection to the output of the Threshold detector 53, the microcomputer 54 is also directly connected to the mode selector switches 22, the printer 28, the "Z" key 17, and the "PREPACK ON/- 55 OFF" switch 16. The microcomputer 54 is also connected to the front and back indicator lamp displays 26 through suitable interfacing latching, decoding and driving circuitry 56.

Finally, the microcomputer 54 is also connected to a 60 general purpose keyboard and display interfacing device 58 for interfacing the keyboard 20 and the front and back digit displays 24 with the microcomputer 54.

A general. purpose keyboard and display interface or GPKD interface 58 is employed which is the exemplary 65 embodiment described herein comprises a device manufactured by Rockwell International Corporation and designated PIN 10788. This unit, under the control of

18

the microcomputer 54, receives and temporarily holds data keyed in on the keyboard 20 for subsequent transmission to the microcomputer 54. The GPKD interface unit 58 also receives data from the microcomputer 54 which is applied through decoder/drive logic 60 to the front and back digit displays 24 under control of the microcomputer 54. The Rockwell PPS 4 microcomputer system uses four bit data words, eight bit instruction words and in the exemplary embodiment of the present invention twelve bit address words all of which are parallel transferred within the system.

Referring now to FIGS. 5-8, at the top of FIG. 5 is shown the bus system 201 interconnecting the CPU 210 of FIG. 5, the memory 310 of FIG. 6 and the GPKD 410 of FIG. 7. The bus system 201 includes a twelve line address bus 203 which is connected only to the memory 310 for addressing the RAM and ROM memory. The bus 201 further includes an eight line instruction/data bus 205 which transfers, at different times, either eight bit instruction words or two four bit data words bidirectionally. The bus 201 further includes two clock lines, CLKA and CLKB, a write command line and an input/output enable line W /10 for use during one clock phase time for instructing the RAM memory to write and for use during another clock phase time for disabling the RAM memory and enabling the input/output devices for the performance of an input/output instruction. The bus system also includes a "synchronized power on" CPU output line labelled SPO for use in initializing other devices in the circuit.

The CPU 210, which is shown as a single block in FIG. 5, is illustrated in greater detail in FIG. 9. FIG. 9 is a block diagram available with technical information from Rockwell International, Inc.

The CPU 210 as shown in FIG. 9 has an accumulator 810 which is the basic work register of the CPU. It also has an arithmetic logic unit 811 with a carry register 812 and an X register 813 all connected to the accumulator 810. The CPU 210 further has a data address register 814 and a program address register 815 which may be selectively interconnected with the address bus 203 output pins 27 through 38 through the multiplex driver circuits 816. The CPU 210 has two program address save registers 817 and 818 to provide two levels of subroutine stacking. The Rockwell CPU PPS 4/2 is provided with internal clock 819 when a suitable crystal 820 is connected to its pins 18 and 19. The instruction/data bus 205 is connected to pins 6 through 13 which in tum are connected to multiplex receivers 821 and 822 and the multiplex driver 823. Incoming instructions are decoded by the CPU in its instruction decode logic 824 and two separate flip-flops 825 and 826 are provided for program use.

In addition to the bus input/output capabilities, the CPU 210 is provided with 12 discrete input/output pins, four from each of the three registers 827, 828, and 829. These are connected as illustrated to pins 1-5, 23-26, and 40-42.

Referring back to FIG. 5, the discrete input/output register 828 of the CPU as shown in FIG. 9 is connected as shown in FIG. 5 to the four control lines labelled T\, T2, T3, and "Reset" which extend to the switching circuit 50 in order to control the integrations of the triple slope AID conversion. The crystal 820, shown in FIG. 5, controls the frequency of its internal clock generator which is preferably 0.20 MHZ.

A time delay circuit 222 FIG. 5 is provided for delaying the CPU 210 and in particular its program counter

19

4,204,197

20

(which must be returned to 0000) after power is first Printer control signals are applied to the printer from

applied or after a brief power interruption or momen- the five discrete input/output memory ports 35-39 of

tary power failure. the memory 310 illustrated in FIG. 6. The "print com-

The "PREPACK ON/OFF" switch 16, the "Z" plete" signal when received from the printer is applied

pushbutton 17 and the "xl0 EXPAND" mode selector 5 to the discrete input/output port 40 of the memory 310.

switch 5 are connected to the discrete input 827 (see FIG. 7 includes, in block diagram form, the general

FIG. 9) at pins 2,3,4, and 5 of the CPU 210 as shown purpose keyboard and display interface 410. FIGS. 7

in FIG. 5. and 8 illustrate the keyboard 20 and display drivers

The front and back indicator lamps 26 are connected connected thereto.

through lamp drivers 242 to addressable latches 240. 10 The GPKD interface 410 used in the exemplary em-

The addressable latches 240 respond to the incoming. bodiment is a device manufactured by Rockwell Inter-

data and apply the data to the appropriate indicator national Corporation and given their type number PIN

lamps 26. More specifically, the latches are addressed 10788. It is interconnected with the memory 310 and the

from output pins 23, 24, and 25 of the CPU 210. With CPU 210 through the data bus 205 as well as the clock

three such address lines, any of the seven indicator 15 A, clock B, synchronized power on and write/input-

lamps 26 may be selected or addressed. The addressable output lines of the bus 201.

latches are enabled by the output of terminal 26 of the A block diagram ofthe circuit of the GPKD interface

CPU 210 and enabled latch is then controlled by data 410 is illustrated in FIG. 11. Referring to FIG. 11, chip

transmitted o,:,er line 2~1 fro~ the memory input/out- select decode circuit 1012 compares the chip address

put port terminals 41 shown m FIGS. 6 and 10. 20 data applied by the CPU 210 to pins 2 4 and 42 of the

As illustrated in FIG. 5, output terminals 23-26 of the GPKD over the instruction/data bus to the data on the

CPU 210 also provide four bit data to the printer. chip select straps at pins 1, 3, and 41. If the strapped

FIG. 6 illustrates, in block form, the memory 310 address is identical to the address on the instruction/-

which is illustrated in greater detail in FIG. 10. Refer- d t b if th . t ti /d ta I' t d t . 6

a a us, I e ms rue Ion a me connec e 0 pm

~:: ;~1~~~'i~~~~~~;~;~~~~::eba~~hc~~~:~7~ 25 is true and if the write/input-output mode has been

the instruction/data or lID bus 205 through a multi- selected by the CPU so that the CPU has trued the

plexer 913 which is connected to pins 10-12 and 15-19. W /10 input pin 5, then the GPKD is selected to execute

An address decoder 9J1.0 is connected to the address bus the command.

203 through pins 14, 20, 21, 23, 24, and 28-34. The 30 The command is applied to the GPKD from the CPU

memory 310 further has sixteen discrete input/output 210 over that half of the instruction/data bus which is

ports connected at pins 1-8 and 35-42 through receiver connected to pins 36 through 39. The command is de-

buffers 917 to the multiplexer 913. coded by the command decoding logic circuitry 1014.

The read-only memory 912 has a storage capacity of A bit time counter 1016 is provided to divide the clock

2k eight bit words, any of which may be addressed over 35 frequency from the PPS clock and apply its output to a

the address bus 203 and its stored eight bit word re- scan counter 1018. The scan counter 1018 provides

turned to the CPU over the instruction/data bus 205. timing signals for the display register control display

The random access memory 911 has 128 four bit bank select 1026, return sampling 1028, key butTer regis-

storage registers for storing four bit words. Dependent ter 1032, and control 1030 and strobe select circuit 1024.

upon the clock phase and the state of the W /10 line 40 The GPKD of FIG. 11 includes two display registers

connected from terminal 14 of the CPU to terminal 13 A and B, which store display data. These display regis-

of the memory, the addressed memory register will read ters store data from the instruction/data bus and, upon

its four bit contents out onto the instruction/data bus command, output the data to their associated displays.

205 and will write, if so instructed, a new four bit word The strobe select circuit 1024, with its eight output

from the CPU into the addressed register through the 45 pins, 27 through 34, sequentially outputs eight strobe

multiplexer 913. signals to its eight output pins. These outputs may be

Returning to FIG. 6, the output 102 from the thresh- used to strobe an 8 X 8 keyboard matrix or for multiplex-

old detector S3 illustrated in FIG. 4 is applied to one of ing display characters.

the discrete input/output ports at pin 42 of the memory The return sampling circuit 1028 receives data from

310. 50 the strobed keyboard indicating the states of the key

Eight other discrete input/output ports connected to matrix return lines from the keyboard. When a key

pins 1-8 of the memory 310 are connected to the twelve closure is detected at the return sampling circuit 1028,

manual mode selection switches 22 illustrated in FIG. 6. the key buffer register control circuit 1030 loads the key

Half of the twelve switches, labelled SW-l, are con- code for that key into the butTer register 1032. Subse-

nected between pin 2 and through diodes to pins 3-8 of 55 quent key closures which are detected may also be

the memory 310. The other half of the twelve switches, stored in the key butTer registers 1032 until they are

labelled SW-2, are connected between pin :u and pins called for by and transferred to the CPU on a first in,

3-S. Each of the individual switches of both switches first out basis.

SW-l and SW-2 are individually and independently Returning to FIG. 7, the eight strobe select output

actuable and each is labelled with a number which cor- 60 pins 27 through 34 are applied four to the display driver

responds to the function listed in block 22 on FIG. 1. 513 of FIG. 8 and four to the display driver 514 of FIG.

Consequently, the microcomputer 54 can interrogate S. The outputs of the display drivers 513 and S14 are

the condition of switches SW-l by strobing pin 2 and applied to the anode drive terminals of the front and

examining the data of lines 3-8 and can interrogate back displays.

switches SW-2 by strobing pin 1 and examining the data 65 Referring to FIG. 7, since various decimal point loca-

of pins 3-8. It is to be understood that any particular one tions are required by the various countries, a switch

of these switches may be assigned any particular opera- . labelled SW-3 consisting of six individually operated tional mode function. single pole, single throw switches is associated with

21

4,204,197

transistors Q3 and Q4 selectively enabling those digit positions in which decimals may be displayed.

Four ofthe strobe select lines at pins 27 through 30 of the GPKD 410 are additionally applied to the four input strobe lines of the keyboard matrix of the keyboard 20. The keyboard return lines are connected to pins 19 through 21, 23 and 24 of the return sampling inputs of the GPKD 410. These permit interrogation of the keyboard for key depressions.

OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM

The operation of the system can be most conveniently described in conjunction with FIGS. 14A through 14Z of the drawings (FIG. numbers 140 and 14U are not used for clarity). The flow diagrams of 15 FIGS. 14A through 14Z graphically describe the operation of the scale system utilizing the operating sequence represented by the program listing included herewith as

an appendix in combination with the Rockwell PPS-4/2 microcomputer described above. However, it should be 20 appreciated that the operating sequence of the system utilizing this operating sequence may be implemented

on other types of commercially available computers in accordance with the principles described herein.

The present invention, as incorporated in the exem- 25 plary embodiment described herein is arranged to cooperate with many features and operations which are described and claimed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,984,667 to Loshbough, U.S. Pat. No. 3,869,005 to Williams, Jr., and U.S. Pat. No. 3,861,479 to Pryor, which patents are 30 specifically incorporated by reference herein; and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 729,911 of Donivan L. Hall and Edward G. Pryor entitled "Digital Scale With Antifraud Features":, which patent application is also incorporated by reference herein. In order to more 35 clearly set forth the precise invention for which this patent is solicited, in such a manner as to distinguish it from other inventions and from what is old, those operations which are disclosed in the incorporated references will only be generally described, with the primary 40 emphasis being given those operations forming a part of the instant invention.

Many of the operations of the scale system utilizing the operating sequence are performed only partially by single pass through the operating sequence (hereinafter 45 referred to as an operating sequence cycle), so that a plurality of passes or cycles through the operating sequence may be required in order to complete a particu-

lar operation. Such operations are clearly disclosed in the incorporated references and will be referred to in 50 the instant disclosure only where necessary to clearly set forth the instant invention. The details of the operations are completely disclosed in the accompanying program listing in the appendix and in the flow dia-

grams FIGS. 14A through 14Z. 55

The flow diagrams of FIGS. 14A through 14Z disclose in graphical form an exemplary operating sequence of the scale system, including the operations required for implementing the analog-to-digital conversion and the net zero tracking described herein. The 60 flow diagrams consist of a series of geometrical shapes, each of which corresponds to a particular type of operation. Each rectangular block represents the performance of a function which is generally indicated by the notation found within the rectangular block. Each 65 diamond shaped geometrical figure represents a decision making operation where one of two alternatives is determined. The hexagons represent that a subroutine is

22

performed at that particular point in the operating sequence, with the subroutine being performed indicated by the notation within the hexagon. The oval-shaped geometrical figures represent a branch back operation

5 and are used in conjunction with a subroutine to indicate that the operating sequence continues at that point in the main operating sequence where the subroutine was entered. A rhomboid geometrical figure represents either an input or an output operation. The numbers

10 placed in circles to the top and left of the geometrical figures represent input locations to those particular operations. The numbers in the circles to the right and below the blocks in the flow diagrams represent an

output connected to a different location in the flow diagrams indicating a transfer in the operating sequence. The mneumonic designations found in paren-

thesis adjacent to the circles containing numbers, indicate labels which have been given to a particular group of operations. These mneumonics may be utilized in referring back to the detailed operating sequence disclosed in the appendix by referring to the symbol table

found at the end of the appendix. The symbol table found in the appendix lists, in alphabetical order, the mneumonic labels and the corresponding location in the detailed program listing of the operating sequence where the particular operations represented by the

mneumonic label may be found. Also a table is included showing the operations represented by the mneumonic labels.

In order to accomplish the operations illustrated in FIGS. 14A-14Z, data is assigned to and stored in various registers or memory cells in the random access memory or RAM 911 as illustrated in FIG. 13. Therefore, it is useful to define and explain the various flags, counters, timers and data registers which are used in the exemplary embodiment of the invention and which are

referred to in the flow chart diagrams of FIGS. 14A-14Z.

The memory unit 310 which is shown in FIG. 6 and illustrated in more detail in FIG. 10, includes a random access memory or RAM with a capacity of 128 four-bit words and arranged as shown in FIG. 13. Each of the 128 four-bit words may contain anyone of sixteen states. These states can represent numerical values of

data or a status or condition.

In FIG. 13, the register addresses are referred to by the hexidecimal equivalents of their binary address. The two most significant hexidecimal digits of the address within the RAM define a particular column or grouping of four bit words and the least significant hexidecimal digit defines a row or particular four bit word within

the RAM. The hexidecimal address designations are also used as reference numerals below. A tare done flag at address 002 is set to its binary eight state after a tare operation has .been completed by the entry of tare weight data into the appropriate storage registers and

otherwise is reset or cleared to a "zero" state when such a tare has not been completed.

A digit timer is provided at register 004. The digit timer is set to its binary "eleven" state upon the depression of a digit key on the keyboard. Thereafter it begins a timing cycle by decrementing one count each pass through an operating sequence cycle. The depression of any other digit key before the digit timer counts to zero

will again set the digit timer to binary "eleven" state to reinitiate the counting cycle. If the digit timer counts

down its "zero" state before all price digits are entered or the tare key is depressed, all previously entered key-

~~ -: . . , '~ " . .

"" . .-

- ..: ..,_ - .

23

4,204,197

board digits will be cleared upon entry of any new digit. This feature requires that all digits be entered within a few seconds of each other and consequently avoids the retention by the apparatus of accidently entered data or of data entered a considerable time earlier and forgotten 5 by the operator.

A manual tare flag having two states is provided at register 003. Whenever the "T" key is pressed, there is

no motion of the platter and the digit timer of register 004 is at its "zero" state (i.e., is not running), the manual 10 tare flag is set to its "eight" state. It is reset or cleared to. its "zero" state after its condition has been sensed in subsequent operations.

The addresses of registers 005 through OOF are labelled as a result register and are used as a scratch pad. 15

A filter counter is provided at address 010 and is used

to provide four states, "zero" through "three". Whenever, during the sequence of operations, no difference is found to exist between a most recently generated, fully processed weight and the weight currently being dis- 20 played, the filter counter is reset or cleared to its "zero" state. However, each time a difference is found to exist between the most recently generated fully processed weight and the weight being displayed, the filter counter counts up one count. If such a difference is 25 found three times in succession, the filter counter counts one count at a time, to its "three" state to signal that the displayed weight should be updated with the most recently generated fully processed weight. This avoids a display blink from an unnecessary updating of the dis- 30

. played weight with weight data which is identical to that which is currently being displayed.

A zero lamp flag is provided at address Ou. and is used to provide three states "zero" through "two". Whenever a weight is detected which is not within a 35 small range of the previously established scale zero, which range is different for different scale capacities, the zero lamp flag is set to its "two" state for purposes

of causing the zero lamp to be turned off to indicate that the scale is not zeroed. However, each time a weight 40 within this range is detected, the zero lamp flag is decremented. Consequently, if the scale is found to be within this range for two such detections in succession, the zero lamp flag gets decremented to its "zero" state so that the zero lamp is turned on to indicate that the scale 45 is zeroed.

A net flag is provided at register 012 and is set to its "eight" state when the weighing scale is in its net mode

of operation, that is, when a positive weight is stored in the tare memory register. Otherwise, the net flag is in its 50 clear or reset state of "zero".

A factor flag is provided in register 013 which is reset

or cleared to its "zero" state when there is no price factor, set to its "two" state when pricing is per! unit of weight and is set to its "four" state when pricing is per 55 ! unit of weight.

A verify test flag is provided in register 018. This flag

is set to its "eight" state in response to depression of the "clear" key to signify that a verification test is in progress. The verify test flag is reset or cleared to its 60 "zero" state when the sequence of operations pass through the reset operation III beginning on FIG. 14A.

Registers 01A through 01F provide six, binary coded decimal digits of temporary scratch pad data storage for use in carrying out the sequences of operations of the 65 exemplary embodiment of the invention. The sign of that six digit number is stored as a fifteen or zero in register 019.

24

Registers 020 through 026 store, as an "eight" or "zero", on the "on" or "off" state of the indicator lamps labelled at those addresses in FIG. 13.

The presence or absence of a print command is stored as an "eight" or "zero" at register 027.

Registers 02A through 02F store the six binary coded decimal digits which represent a detected weight while register 029 stores the sign of that weight.

In order to require that the "Z" be depressed for a sufficient length of time before such depression is accepted and to thereby prevent accidental erroneous or fraudulent zeroing of the weighing scale, a zero key timer is provided at register 030. The zero key timer has even states "zero" through "fourteen". An initial depression of the "Z" key causes the zero key timer to switch to its "two" state. Thereafter, on each pass through the operating sequence cycles, the zero key timer is incremented to its next higher even state so long as the "Z" key remains depressed. If the "Z" key is depressed sufficiently long that the zero key timer counts through all its even states and returns to "zero", the depression of the "Z" key is then accepted, the scale is zeroed and the zero done flag at register 031 is set to its "fifteen" state to indicate that the scale has been zeroed. The zero done flag is reset or cleared to its "zero" state in the initial, main program power-up operation I beginning on FIG. 14A.

An auto clear flag is provided at register 033 to help in the automatic clearing of a previously entered tare weight and price each time a weighing operation is completed. The auto clear flag is a seven state counter which is reset to its "zero" state whenever the detected weight is greater than a weight corresponding to one hundred raw weight increments. Whenever the scale weight exceeds this 100 increment band, the auto clear flag begins counting towards its "six" state. This auto clear flag counter is incremented each pass through the sequence of operations. If the detected weight falls within the 100 increment band before the auto clear flag counter reaches its "six" state, the auto clear counter is reset to its "zero" state and the tare data is not automatically cleared. However, if the scale weight is above the 100 increment band long enough for the auto clear flag to reach its "six" state, it will remain in its six state to enable the auto clear function. After the scale weight returns to within the 100 increment band, the tare weight and price will then be cleared.

Registers 034 and 035 are provided to store the least significant binary coded decimal digits of a first previously detected and a second previously detected weight. These are utilized as described below in the filtering operation of the preferred embodiment of the invention.

Registers 039 through 03F are used for the sign and the six binary coded decimal digits of a partially processed weight which represents a previously detected weight.

Registers 040 through 045, 050, 051, and 053 through 055 are two-state registers which store each mode selector switch status as an "eight" state or a "zero" state. Registers 046 and 047 store data which represent a keyboard key which has been depressed and detected. Register 048 stores in its four bits the status of the switches or keys labelled in those positions in FIG. 13.

Registers 049 through O4F form the auto zero register in which the zero correction factor is stored.

Registers 050 through 055 are used to store data as indicated.

25

4,204,197

A recompute flag is provided at register 057. It is set to a non-zero value whenever there is a change in a price digit or output weight in order to signify, during the next pass through an operating sequence cycle, that

a new total price should be computed. However, if no 5 such change is detected, the recompute flag remains in its "zero" state so that no new total price is computed. The recompute flag is cleared immediately prior to the compute total price operation xx.

A verify mode flag is provided at register 058. This 10 flag has two states and is switched from its "zero" state

to its 15 state upon the first depression of the CLEAR key and is returned to its "zero" state upon depression

of any other key.

Registers 059 through 05F store the tare weight. 15 Registers 060 through 06E store the total price, price and output weight as indicated. Registers 070 through 07F are used as a work area and temporary scratch pad during the display and other routines.

The various means and apparatus for performing the 20 functions and improvements in accordance with the exemplary embodiment of the invention comprise the scale mechanism, keys, switches, flags, registers; counters, timers, and storage spaces together with program 25 sequences or routines and routine loops in combination with the computer, and the output or display apparatus and the control thereof.

Thus the means for controlling the time the integrator means is connected to the scale means comprises 30 gate 94 and the control thereof including program sequences of blocks 14A17, 14A20, or 14A22 and the program loops or sequences of FIG. 14W in combination with the computer.

The means for reading the weight includes the flow 35 diagrams beginning at B8 of FIG. 14B of the drawing.

The structure of the timing and counting arrangements operative during the T2 and T3 intervals comprise counter 1, counter 2, and counter 3 together with the program sequences and loops beginning at B9 of 40 FIG. 14B which sequences and loops comprise the structure of the corresponding sections of the ROM storage. These sequences and loops together with the computer determine the T2 and T3 times.

The program sequences employed to derive the raw 45 weight from the T2 and T3, times are shown in the drawing beginning with block 14B22 of FIG. 14B and extend through block 14Cll of FIG. 14C.

The operation of the exemplary embodiment of the invention is now described with reference to the flow 50 chart diagrams of FIGS. 14A-14Z. The first two digits

of the alphanumeric reference numerals for the individual steps of the operation are the Figure numbers on which the particular steps are illustrated. The latter alphanumeric digits refer to the particular step in that 55 Figure. The labels which are shown in parentheses on the drawings are the labels used in the program and therefore provide cross references to the appended program listing.

MAIN PROGRAM POWER-UP

The power-up sequence is an initialization sequence which is performed when power is first applied to the central processor or there is an interruption of power to

the central processor. 65

During step 14A2 various registers within the computer are cleared to an initial state to provide a known starting state for the operating sequence.

26

60

After the main program power-up sequence the operating sequence then proceeds to the XI0 CLEAR sequence beginning at step 14El which causes a clearing operation to take place with respect to the tare and auto-zero. The operating sequence then proceeds to the output sequence beginning at 14M19.

The main program then advances through the remaining sequences shown in FIG. 14M and then transfers to the sequences of FIGS. 14N and 140 and through the various sequences of FIG. 14P through 14P15. These output and printer sequences are analogous to the output sequences such as described in the above identified patents and applications. The main program then advances through the various keyboard sequences or routines beginning at 14P16. If no key is operated the program transfers to. T19 of FIG. 14T and then to AS assuming no verifying operation.

Upon transfer to block 14A8 via transfer A8, the various control and mode switches are scanned and the various registers in the RAM 911 conditioned or set in accordance with the condition of the various control and mode switches. These various operations are designated in blocks 14A8 through 14All. These operations and the operations relating to the scanning and response to the keyboard digit keys are analogous to the corresponding operations described in the above patents and

applications incorporated herein. ,

In the beginning under the assumed conditions, the digit timer was previously or already zero so control transfers from block 14All via transfer A15 to block 14A15.

Beginning with block 14A15, the read weight sequence 'Of operations VI is perfomed in which the analog to digital conversion in accordance with the present

invention is accomplished. '

At the beginning of the read weight sequence of operations, a find scale capacity subroutine is performed. This subroutine is illustrated oil FIG. 14V. It performs the interrogation of RAM registers 043 and 044 to determine what scale capacity is selected and returns to the main program data which is dependent upon which capacity is selected.

Referring to FIG. 14V, at step 14Vl, the arithmetic scratch pad register 01A-OIF is cleared and flag 1, i.e., flip flop 825 of the CPU 210 is set to make an initial assumption that the IS kilogram scale is not selected. Similarly, the carry register 812 of the CPU 210 is set for an initial assumption that the 6 kilogram scale is not selected.

Then, in step 14V2, the 30 lb. enable RAM register 043 is examined to determine whether the 30 lb. scale is selected. If it is, operation jumps to step 14V6. However, if it is not, the carry is then reset in step 14V3 to assume that the 6 kilogram scale is selected. Then, in step 14V4 the 6 kilogram enable register RAM 044 is examined to determine whether the 6 kilogram scale is selected. If it is, operation jumps to step V6. However, if it is not, the carry register is set and flag 1 is reset to note that the IS kilogram scale is selected.

Then, at step 14V6, the flag 1 (FF825) and carry register 812 are used to load into the X register 813 of the CPU 210 a 5 if the IS kilogram scale was selected, a 3 if the 30 lb. scale is selected and a 6 if the 6 kilogram scale is selected. In step 14V7 there is loaded into the accumulator 810 a 5 if the IS kilogram scale was selected, a 1 if the- 30 lb. scale is selected, and a 2 if the 6 kilogram scale is selected. Then, in step 14V8 the address DDIA of the arithmetic scratch pad register ARI

. " . -~~ _- ~ -

27

4,204,197

is loaded in the BL section of the address register 814 and operation returns to the next order in the sequence of operations at which the find scale capacity sequence of operations was called.

Referring now again to FIG. 14A, data returned in 5 this manner is then used in steps 14A16 through 14A22

to set up a timing sequence for providing the time interval during which the analog weight signal is integrated

as part of the analog to digital conversion.

In the exemplary embodiment of the present inven- 10 tion three, four bit, digital timers are employed; a "Long. Timer" in RAM register OOA, a "Mid Timer" in RAM register 009, and a "Short Timer" in the accumulator and initialized to the values shown in steps 14A17, 14A20, or Itl-A22. These timers are then processed ac- 15 cording to the subsequently described timing subroutines in order to provide the desired integrating time interval TI illustrated in FIG. 12.

Although a single timer register having sufficient bit capacity could be used to provide the desired time inter- 20 val, it is advantageous to use the short, mid and long timers described above.

As an example, if the scale has been set or conditioned to operate as 6 kilogram scale, the long timer OOA, is set

to a 15 state, the mid-timer 009, is set to its 3 state, and 25 the short timer in the accumulator is set to a 9 state.

After loading this initial timing data into the long, mid and short timers, the CPU 210 at step 14Bl switches the transistor 94 (FIG. 4) of the switching circuit 50 to its conduction state in order to apply the 30 analog weight signal to the integrator circuit 51 and begin the integration.

The delay subroutine at step 14B2 then uses the previously loaded long, mid and short timers to provide the desired time-delay such as TI. This delay subroutine 35 comprising a counting and timing program loop of instructions is illustrated in detail on FIG. 14W.

Referring now to FIG. 14W, upon entry into the delay subroutine at step 14Wl, the four bit contents of the midtimer is loaded to register X813 of the CPU. The 40 four bit contents of the short timer is then loaded at step 14W2 into the accumulator and decremented. The timer

is checked at step 14W3 to determine whether it had previously been O. If it was not 0, then at step 14W4 a lOS microsecond delay is obtained by causing the CPU 45 210 to perform some instructions causing the CPU to count cycles for the purpose of gaining the delay. Thereafter, the sequence of operation loops back again

to step 14W2. Operation continues to loop through these 14W2 through 14W4 steps until the short timer is 50 decremented to zero. Thus, it will loop through these steps a number of times equal to the number initially loaded into the short timer.

When a I) is detected in step 14W3, the operation jumps to step 14W6 in which the mid-timer is loaded 5S into the accumulator and decremented. The contents of the mid-timer is then checked at step 14W7 to determine whether it was a O. If the mid-timer was not 0, a 1.3 millisecond delay is provided by setting the short timer

to a 12 state and looping back to step 14W2. This causes 60 the operations to loop through steps 14W2, 14W3, and 14W4 twelve tmes until the short timer again is decremented to O.

Thereupon, steps Jl.4W6, 14W7, and 14W8 will again

be performed and the entire procedure repeated until 65 the midtimer was found to be 0 at step 14W7. Upon finding the midtimer to be 0 at step 14W7, the operation jumps to step 14WllO which sets up a 14.3 millisecond

28

time delay by loading an 11 state into the mid-timer. The previously set long timer is then loaded into the accumulator at step 14Wll and is decremented. Then, at step 14W12, the timer is checked to determine whether it was previously O. If the long timer was not previously 0, operation loops back to step 14W8 and then to step 14W2 and repeats the previously described loop until operation arrives again at step 14W12 and finds that the long timer was decremented to zero. This will signify that the entire selected time delay such as TJ, during which the analog signal was integrated has expired and operation can return to step 14B3 of FIG. 14B.

Returning to FIG. 14B, at step 14B3, the timing loop counters which are going to be used during the time intervals for integrating the reference DC source are cleared. The discrete outputs of the CPU 210 are disabled and the state of the output 102 of the threshold detector 53 is examined.

If, during the first integrating interval T 1 then (See FIG. 12), the output of the integrator 51 becomes opposite in polarity from the initial level V 0 along a slope such as SD to a level such as V 3 such output represents a negative raw weight of relatively large magnitude. This might happen if the platter were removed if an operator lifted up on it. It will immediately cause the output of the threshold detector 53 to switch to its low state. If the comparator is found to be in a low state at step 14B5, then this indicates at step 14B6 that a large negative raw weight was detected and therefore all the discrete outputs of the CPU are enabled and operation jumps to step 14E14 at FIG. 14E and then to step 14MI0. This results in skipping of many intermediate operations which check, filter, correct, or otherwise process the raw weight and which would not be meaningful with such negative weight data.

However, if a positive raw weight is found in step 14B5 such as would result from the integration along slope SI to V I, operation proceeds to step 14BS which stops the integration of the analog signal by switching transistor 94 to a non-conducting state and begins the first reference source integration, such as time interval T2, by switching the transistor 95 of FIG. 4 to its conducting state.

Steps 14B9 through 14Bll form the interrogation and counting cycle or instruction loop for the integration of the comparator or threshold detector during the T2 integration time of the first reference DC source. During each instruction loop, the output of the threshold detector 53 is periodically interrogated and a counter is incremented each time the output of the comparator has not changed sign. This counting for both the first and second reference DC source integrating intervals T2 and T3 is done in three, four-bit counters, one counter for each of three hexadecimal digits.

While each of these three, four-bit counters could be formed in three, four-bit RAM registers, it is more convenient to form them in the save register 817 forming a part of the CPU 210 illustrated in FIG. 9. The twelve bits of the save register 817 comprise three, four-bit counters referred to as counter 1, counter 2, and counter 3. This is convenient because the Rockwell PPS-4/2 CPU has an instruction, with the mnemonic CYS, which cycles the save register 817 and the accumulator. This convenient instruction provides a four-bit right shift of the save register 817 with the four-bits which

. are shifted off the right end of the save register 817 being transferred to the accumulator and with the con-

29

4,204,197

tents of the accumulator being transferred into the left end of the save register 817.

As shown in steps 14B9-14Bll, the counting begins by setting the carry register 812 of the CPU 210 (FIG.

9) to its 1 state. That carry is added to the contents of 5 counter 1 with the results placed in counter 1. Then any carry generated from counter 1 is added to the contents of counter 2 with the result placed in counter 2. Then any carry produced by counter 2 is added to the con-

tents of counter 3 and the result placed in counter 3. 10

At step 14BI0, the output 102 of the threshold detector is then loaded to the accumulator and examined in step 14B12 to determine if it is yet low, that is whether the Vo level has been crossed. If the comparator-is not low, operation then loops back to step 14B9 where it 15 passes again through steps 14B9-14Bll. Each pass through this loop requires 65 microseconds using the specific selected CPU instructions. Operation continues

to loop through steps 14B9-14B11 until the comparator

is found at step 14Bll to have switched to its low state. 20 This indicates that the output of the integrator circuit 51 has crossed its initial voltage level Vo.

An additional 65 microsecond delay is then provided

. at step 14B12 to extend the second integrating time by the interval T2cshown on FIG. 12 and described above. 25 Then, at step 14B13, transistor 95 of FIG. 4 is switched

to its non-conducting state to halt the integration of the first reference DC source.

The count contained in the three timing loop counters for the second integrating time interval T2 is then 30 stored in the scratch pad registers 70, 71, and 72 of the RAM memory and the counters (the SA register 817) are cleared for reuse. Then at step 14B15, the third timing interval T3 illustrated in FIG. 12 is begun by switching the transistor 96 of FIG. 3 to its conducting 35 state to apply the second reference DC source to the integrator circuit 51.

Then steps 14B16, 14B17, and 14B18 provide an interrogation and counting cycle or loop of steps 14B9- 14Bll. While the steps of the T3 counting loop are not 40 identical with the steps of the T 2 loops, they require the same overall time of 65 microseconds. During each pass through this T3 cycle, the output 102 of the threshold detector 53 is examined to determine whether it has returned to its high state. So long as it has not, operation 45 continues looping through the T3 interrogating and counting cycle of steps 14BI6-14BI8. However, whenever in step 14B18 the output 102 has found to have shifted to its high state, then at step 14B19, the transistor

96 (FIG. 4) is turned off to stop the integration of the 50 second reference DC source and the integrator 51 is reset by switching the transistor 97 to its conducting state.

Then, at step 14B20, the contents of counter 1 and counter 2 of the T3 counters is stored in RAM memory 55 register spaces 73 and 74. At step 14B21, the scratch pad memories (i.e., register spaces 01A through 01F) illustrated in FIG. 13 are cleared for subsequent use.

Thus the contents of each four-bit register 70, 71, 72, 73, and 74 now represents a hexadecimal digit of the T2 60 and T3 count which in tum represent the raw weight on the scale. Next these counts are converted to decimal notation and then finally to raw weight increments. This is begun in step 14B22 by multiplying the contents

of register 72 (which has stored in it the most significant 65 hexadecimal of the T2 count) by 256 and moving the result to the weight register 02Athrough 02F illustrated

in FIG. 13. Then, at step 14Cl, the weight sign is

30

cleared and the temporary scratch pad register is again cleared. The contents of register 71 (which has stored in it the next most significant hexadecimal of the T2 count) the T2 counter is multiplied in step 14C2 by 16 and the result moved to the arithmetic scratch pad register illustrated in FIG. 13. Then, at step 14C3, the results of these two multiplications are added together with the result being moved to the weight register. Then, at step 14C4 the least significant hexadecimal digit of the T2 count is converted to decimal form and added to the sum in the weight register. At 14C5 the resulting total is placed in the weight register and represents the total count during time interval T2 in decimal digits. The arithmetic scratch pad register is then cleared. While the digits of this decimal number are different from the digits of the hexadecimal number, both numbers represent the same number of counts or cycles obtained during the T2 interval and each count represents 32 raw weight increments.

The decimal conversion of the T3 count then begins at step 14C6 by moving the contents of register 74 (which has stored in it the most significant hexadecimal digit of the T3 count) to the arithmetic register. As stated previously, the reference signal level during time interval T3 is 1/32 the reference signal level which is integrated during time interval T2 and therefore each count during time interval T2 represents 32 times as much as analog weight signal (i.e., 32 raw weight increments) as does each T3 count. In order to eliminate the effect of the additional 65 microsecond delay provided at step 14B12 during time interval T2, (one additional T2 count) 32 counts are subtracted from the T3 count in step 14C6.

Conversion of the T3 count to decimal form then proceeds at step 14C7 by multiplying the result of the subtraction in step 14C6 by 16 and moving the result to the temporary scratch pad register (FIG. 13). The arithmetic register is also cleared and in step 14C8 the low digit of the T 3 count is moved from register 74 (FIG. 13) to the arithmetic register and converted to decimal form. The result of the multiplication in step 14C7 which is stored in the temporary scratch pad register and the result of the decimal conversion of step 14C8 which is stored in the arithmetic register are then added together in step 14C8 to represent the total counts (raw weight increments) during time interval T3 reduced by 32 counts to compensate for the 65 microsecond delay as described above.

Because each T2 count represents 32 times as much analog weight signal amplitude as each T3 count, at step 14C9 the total of the T2 counts is multiplied by 32 and the result is moved to the weight register. Then, at step 14CI0 the T3 count is subtracted from the T2 count in order to provide the net number of raw weight increments. This final number of raw weight increments, which is proportional to the sum of the weight on the scale platter and the analog offset, is then moved in step 14Cll to the weight register and is referred to as the raw weight.

PROCESS WEIGHT

In the process weight operation VII, the presence or absence of platter motion if first detected and noted, the digital weight data resulting from step 14Cll is then filtered or updated, the appropriate initial analog offset is digitally subtracted and finally the "xl0 EXPAND" operations are performed if that mode is selected.

31

4,204,197

The detection of motion begins at step 14CI2 with the subtraction of the filtered weight, which represents

a previously detected and processed weight which was stored in the filtered weight register during a previous pass through an operation sequence cycle. It is sub- 5 tracted from the most recently detected raw weight resulting from step 14Cll. The sign of the result of this subtraction is moved to the arithmetic sign register 019

in step 14C13.

In step 14C14, a determination is made whether the 10 result of the above substraction is less than or equal to. five raw weight increments. If this result is less than or equal to five raw weight increments, then this is accepted as one detection of a no motion condition and operation goes to step 14C17 wherein a fifteen is loaded 15 into the accumulator and then added to the motion flag

to decrement the motion flag. It will be recalled that the motion flag is a three state flag which required two detections of no motion prior to concluding that no platter motion exists. Consequently, at step 14C18 the 20 motion flag is examined to determine whether it had decremented to zero. If the motion flag had already been zero, then no motion existed for the last two passes through the operational sequence cycle and consequently operation proceeds to step 14C22. However, if 25 the flag was not already zero, then operation advances

to step 14C19.

If at step 14CI4 the result of the subtraction was found to be greater than 5 counts, then a motion condition exists so in step 14C15 a two is loaded into the 30 accumulator for purposes of subsequently setting the motion flag to its two state and operation proceeds to step 14C19.

At step 14CI9 the motion flag is updated with either the 2 from step 14C15 or its decremented state from step 35 14C17. Then, at step 14C20 the output filter counter is set to its three state to indicate that new weight data has been detected. The recompute flag is also set to indicate that new price computations must be made subse-

quently and operation advances to step 14D5. 40

However, if at step 14C18 the motion flag was found

to have been zero, so that a no motion condition was found to exist, then the initial raw weight filtering operation will occur at step 14C22. The purpose of raw weight filtering is to eliminate the effects of noise and 45 random data shifts. In step 14C22 the least significant digit of the most recently detected raw weight from step 14Cll is written into RAM register 035. The least significant digit of the previously detected weight count

is written into RAM register 034. Then, using the most 50 recently detected raw weight and the two previous raw weights, a determination is made at step 14Dl whether the least significant digit of the second previous detected raw weight is equal to the least significant digit of the first previous raw weight. If these are not equal then 55 the filtering operations must be performed beginning in step 14D3. If, however, at step 14Dl these digits are found to be equal, then at step 14D2 a determination is made whether the least significant digit of the first previous raw weight is equal to the least significant digit of 60 the most recently detected raw weight. If these are not equal, then filtering must be performed beginning at step 14D3. However, if the least significant digits are found to be equal in both steps 14Dl and 14D2, filtering

may be skipped and operation jumps to step 14D5. 65

The filtering operation which begins at step 14D3 consists essentially of forming a new filtered weight by adjusting the most recently detected weight toward the

32

previously detected and modified weight which is stored in the filtered weight' register (FIG. 13). The most recently detected raw weight is adjusted toward the previously filtered weight by' one count more than one half the difference between the previously filtered raw weight and the most recently detected weight. Therefore, in step 14D3 the least significant digit of the difference between the most recently detected weight and the previous filtered weight is divided by 2 and then the integer part of the result added to 1.

If in step 14D3A this difference divided by 2 is found to be 0 (i.e., if the difference was 0 or I, then the filtered raw weight is written into the weight register (FIG. 13).

However, if the difference is not 0 or 1 then at step 14D4 the most recently detected raw weight is adjusted toward the previously filtered weight by I count more than ! the least significant digit of the above difference. This is then treated as a new filtered raw weight and is first moved to the weight register. Then, in step 14D5 this weight is moved to the filtered weight register to provide an updated filtered raw weight for subsequent use.

It was previously described that potentiometer 76 is adjusted to provide a fixed analog offset under no weight conditions. Therefore, this initial offset must be removed from the detected raw weight data. This is done in steps 14D6 through 14D14. However, because a different analog signal integrating time interval is used for different scale capacities and the load cell output voltage is interpreted differently for different capacities, a different number must be subtracted from the raw weight of each scale capacity.

Therefore, in step 14D6 the find scale capacity subroutine of FIG. 14V is performed which returns the data described above. The returned data is used to set the arithmetic scratch pad register to 003700 if the 6 Kg scale capacity is selected, to 001600 if the 15 kilogram scale capacity is selected, and to 001700 if the 30 pound scale capacity is selected.

After the arithmetic scratch pad register is set to one of these three numbers, which is the analog offset expressed in raw weight increments for the particular scale capacity selected, then in step 14D14 the chosen number of raw weight increments is subtracted from the raw weight and the result is moved to the weight register.

In step 14D15 a check is made to determine whether the "xl0 EXPAND" mode has been selected. If it is not, which is the usual situation except when servicing, etc., operation jumps to step 14E3.

However, if the "xl0 EXPAND" mode has been selected, a determination is made at step 14D16 whether the raw weight is less than or equal to 2 raw weight increments. If it is, operation proceeds to step 14D17 in which an 8 is loaded into the accumulator for subsequent use in turning on the zero lamp to indicate that the scale is zeroed. If, however, the weight is found to be greater than 2 raw weight increments, then operation proceeds to step 14D19 in which a 0 is loaded into the accumulator for subsequently turning off the zero lamp to indicate that the scale is not zeroed.

After steps 14D17 or 14D19, operation proceeds to step 14D20 in which the 0 or 8 from the accumulator is loaded into the zero lamp register 021 (FIG. 13) for later use in control of the zero lamp. Also flag 2, 825, of

. the CPU 210 illustrated in FIG. 9 is set to note that the "xl0 EXPAND" mode has been selected. This flag is

33

4,204,197

34

used in step 14D21 which is the subroutine for updating the output weight.

In the Update Output Operation XVII of step 14D21, the five most or five least significant digits of data in the weight register (FIG. 13) are moved to the output 5 weight register (FIG. 13) unless a negative weight is found or the 300 printer enable mode 10 is selected. If either of these two latter. conditions exist, operation jumps to the weight blanking sequence of operations

beginning at step 14E14. '

Referring in detail to the Update Output Weight operation in FIG. 14X, at step 14Xl, the computer is set

up to check the five most significant digits of the weight register for all zeroes and flag 1 of the CPU 210 is set. Then, in step 14X2 flag 2 of the CPU 210 is checked to 15 determine whether it is set to indicate the normal mode

of operation or whether it is reset to note the "xl0 EX-

P AND" mode of operation. If flag 2 is found to be reset, then in step 14X3, the previous step 14Xl set up is changed to set up to check all 6 weight register digits as 20 is appropriate for the "xl0 EXPAND" mode. Otherwise, if flag 2 is found to be set in step 14X2, operation

proceeds directly to step 14X4. In the usual situation, where the "xiO EXPAND"

In step 14X4, the digits are checked to determine if mode is found at step 14D15 to not have been selected,

they are all zero. If all digits are found to be zero, then 25 operation advances to the manual zero capture opera-

in step 14X5 flag 1 of the CPU 210 is reset to note that tion VIII at step 14E3.

the weight is zero. If, however, the digits are not all In the manual zero capture operation VIII, a series of

zero, then operation proceeds directly to step 14X6. checks are first made to determine whether the scale

Then, in step 14X6, the weight register sign data is should be zeroed. If the scale should be zeroed, the raw

decremented to 15 if it is a plus and to 14 if it is a minus. 30 weight in the weight register is written into the auto

Additionally, the carry is set if it is a minus. In step zero register (FIG. 13). The data in the auto zero regis-

14X7, the registers are set up to address the most signifi- ter is then subtracted from the detected weight to pro-

cant digit of the 5 digit weight for the normal mode of vide a corrected raw weight and a check for overcapac-

operation. Then in step 14X8 flag 2 is interrogated to ity is made.

determine whether it is set to indicate a normal mode of 35 Considering the manual zero capture check operation

operation. If it is set, operation jumps directly to step VIII in greater detail, the RAM memory is checked at

14XI0. However, if flag 2 is not set, then the "xlO EX- step 14E3 to determine whether the "Z" key was

P AND" mode is selected and the next lower significant pressed. If the "Z" key was not pressed, then the zero-

digit is addressed for the "xl0 EXPAND" mode. ing operation is skipped and operation jumps to step

In step 14XI0, the weight is interrogated to deter- 40 14EI0 because manual zeroing is not desired where not

mine if it is O. If the weight is not 0 then a 15 is loaded initiated by depression of the "Z" key.

into the appropriate digit position so that the negative If, however, the "Z" key is found is step 14E3 to have

sign is not displayed for a zero weight. If, however, a been depressed, then operation proceeds to step 14E4 to

non-zero weight is detected at step 14XI0, then opera- check the net flag to determine whether the system is in

tion proceeds to step 14X12. 45 the net mode. If the system is already in the net mode

In step 14X12 the proper sign is placed in the proper then gross zeroing is not appropriate and operation

position and in step 14X13 the removed weight digit is jumps to step 14EI0. However, if the system is found

examined to determine whether it is zero. If it is zero, not to be in the net mode, then at step 14ES the motion

operation jumps to step 14X17. If it was not zero, the flag is checked to determine whether motion exists. If

digit is returned to the proper position in step 14X14 50 motion exists, then the weight data detected during

and the sign is forgotten. Then in step 14X15, the such motion should not be used for zeroing purposes

weight sign is examined. If the weight sign was minus, and operation similarly jumps to step 14EI0. However,

operation loops back to the blank weight step 14E14. If, if the motion flag has not been set then at step 14E6 a

however, the sign was not minus, then RAM register two is added to the zero key timer and it is checked in

040 is interrogated in step 14X16 to determine whether 55 step 14E7 to determine whether it is zero. If the zero

the Toledo Scale 300 printer is enabled. If the 300 key timer is found not to have advanced to zero, then

printer is enabled, the operation loops back to the blank the "Z" key has not been depressed sufficiently long to

weight step 14E14 because the 300 printer cannot ac- permit zeroing of the weighing scale so that operation

commodate the required number of significant digits. If jumps to step 14Ell.

the 300 printer is found in step 14X16 not to be enabled 60 However, if at step 14E7 the zero key timer has gone

or if the exchanged digit examined in step 14X13 is to zero, then at step 14E8 a check is made whether the

found to be zero, then operation advances to step weight count is less than 400 raw weight increments. If

14X17. the weight count is greater than 400 raw weight incre-

In step 14X17, the registers are set up to move the ments, a significant weight must exist upon the platter

five most significant digits of weight to the output 65 and consequently zeroing would be undesirable and

weight register. Then, in step 14X18 flag 2 is checked to operation jumps to step 14Ell. However, if the weight

see if it is set so that operation is in the normal mode. If is less than 400 raw weight increments, operation pro-

flag 2 is set, operation advances to step 14X20 and the ceeds to step 14E9 in which the detected weight data is

output weight register is updated with the 5 most significant digits of the weight register.

If, however, flag 2 is not set, thereby indicating that the "dO EXPAND" mode has been selected, then operation advances to step 14X19 which sets up the registers to write the 5 least significant digits of weight into

the output weight register at step 14X19. Then, in step 14X20 the output weight register has the selected five significant digits of the weight register written into it.

10 After step 14X20 operation returns to the next step after it was called.

Returning therefore to FIG. 14D, after the output

weight register is updated, the price and total price registers are blanked in step 14D22 because they are not used in the "xlO EXPAND" mode. Operation then proceeds to step 14El in which the tare register and the

auto-zero register are cleared. Operation then jumps to the output operation XXI at step 14M19 because the intermediate steps are not significant in the "xl0 EXPAND" mode.

MANUAL ZERO CAPTURE

• ~ < , ...... •

.. ~ . ..

~ _. ~

. -

auto zero correction band or equal to zero because in either situation correction of the auto zero register will be skipped. Therefore, if at step 14E2t the raw weight

is found to be greater than 4 counts or equal to 0, operation jumps to step 14Ft. If, however, the raw weight is within the gross auto zero correction band but is not

equal to zero, operation proceeds to step 14E22 which is the "Correct Auto Zero" operation XXVIII beginning at step 14Yl of FIG. 14Y.

Referring now to FIG. 14Y, at steps 14Yl and 14Y2,

the arithmetic scratch pad register is cleared and a factor of one is written into its least significant digit. The weight sign is loaded to the accumulator and complemented and then is written into the arithmetic scratch

15 pad sign register. Then the auto zero register is addressed.

In step 14Y3, flag 1 is interrogated to determine

whether it is set to note the gross mode or reset to note the net mode since the Correct Auto Zero Operation XXVIII is used for gross auto zero correction as well as net zero tracking. Therefore, if flag 1 is found in step

14Y3 to be set, operation jumps to step 14YS for the gross auto zero correction while, if the flag 1 is found in step 14Y3 to be reset, then operation advances to step 14Y4 in which the address is changed to the tare register which is corrected in net zero tracking.

In step 14Y5 the 1 which was prevously loaded in the arithmetic scratch pad register is algebraically added to either the auto zero register or the tare register depend-

Although the weighing scale of the present invention 30 ing upon which is addressed as a result of steps 14Y2,

may be manually zeroed as provided in operation VIII 14Y3 and 14Y4. The result of this correction is written

the zero will still be subject to some drift or wandering. into the RAM result registers 005 through OOF.

It is therefore desirable to automatically track these Then, in step 14Y6 flag 1 is again interrogated to

changes in order to maintain an accurate correction determine whether the scale is in the gross mode. If it is

factor in the auto zero register. 35 not in the gross mode, operation returns to the calling

In the gross auto zero correction operation IX, the operation. However, if the scale is in the gross mode

corrected weight from step 140Ell is examined to deter- operation proceeds to step 14Y9 in which the corrected

mine whether the scale is within an auto zero correction result is examined to determine whether it is less than

band of ±4 raw weight increments within which the 400 raw weight increments.

gross zero will be automatically tracked or corrected. If 40 If the resulting gross auto zero correction factor is

the raw weight is within the auto zero correction band, less than 400 raw weight increments, than at step 14YI0

the zero increment flag is set. If the total auto zero the auto zero register is updated with the corrected auto

correction factor will less than 400 raw weight incre- zero factor from the result register. However, if the

ments and the corrected raw weight is not already ex- result is equal to or greater than 400 raw weight incre-

actly zero, then the auto zero correction factor is cor- 45 ments then no further auto zero tracking is permitted.

rected by one raw weight increment. This prevents the zero increment from being more than

Examining the gross auto zero correction operation 400 raw weight increments from the factory determined

IX in detail, the raw weight from step 14EU is exam- zero. Operation then returns to the step after the calling

ined in step 14E16 to determine whether it is less than or operation leaving the auto zero register with its previ-

equal to 4 raw weight increments. If the raw weight is 50 OUS contents.

found to be less than or equal to 4 raw weight increments then the scale is within the auto zero increment and operation proceeds to step 14E19. In step 14E19, a

15 is loaded into the accumulator in order to subsequently set the zero increment flag to note that the scale 55 is within the auto zero increment.

If in step 14E16, the corrected raw weight from step 14EU is found to be greater than s raw weight increments then in step 14E17, a 0 is loaded into the accumulator from subsequent clearing of the zero increment 60 flag to note that the scale is not within the auto zero increment.

Then, in step 14E20, the number previously loaded into the accumulator is written into the zero increment flag and flag]. of CPU 210 is set to note the gross weigh- 65 ing mode.

At step ]'4E21 , the corrected raw weight is again . examined to determine whether it is either outside the

35

4,204,197

moved into the auto zero register and the zero done flag is set to indicate that the scale is zeroed. At step 14EI0, the zero key timer is cleared.

When operation proceeds to step 14EU, the data in the auto-zero register is subtracted from data in the 5 weight register. The data in the auto-zero register represents the correction factor used to zero the weighing scale. Consequently, when subtracted from weight data the result represents the accurate, zeroed weight upon the weighing scale platter.

Then, at step 14E12 this zeroed weight is subtracted. from 030050, which represent a weight which is 50 raw weight increments beyond the scale capacity to determine whether the scale is reading a weight beyond its maximum capacity.

A check is then made in step 14E13 to determine whether the result of this subtraction is positive. If it is negative, this indicates that the scale is not beyond its capacity and consequently operation proceeds to the gross auto zero correction operation IX at step 14E16. 20

However, if the result of the subtraction is positive, the scale is overcapacity and operation advances to step 14E14 wherein the output weight is blanked. From step 14E14 operation advances to step 14E14 wherein the output weight is blanked. From step t4E14 operation 25 then jumps to step 14MI0 for blanking the total price and continuing the operation.

GROSS AUTO ZERO CORRECTION

36

10

MUL TIPL Y RAW WEIGHT BY PROPER FACTOR

Referring to FIG. 14F, up until this point in the sequence of operations, the weight is represented in raw weight increments regardless of the scale capacity which has been selected with 30,000 raw weight increments representing full scale capacity.

In this operation X, the raw weight is multiplied by the proper integral factor to convert the raw weight digits to digits representing the selected and conventional units of weight.

At step 14Ft with the find scale capacity subroutine operation XXV is performed and will return to the accumulator a 5 if the 15 kilogram scale is selected, 1 if the 30 lb. scale is selected and 2 if the 6 kilogram scale

. is selected. Thus, in step 14F2 the returned multiplier is written into the arithmetic scratch pad register and in

37

4,204,197

step 14F3 it is multiplied by the raw weight with the result being moved to the weight register. Therefore, after step 14F3, the digits in the weight register represent the decimal digits of the detected weight.

In step 14F4, the most significant digit of the price 5 register is examined to determine whether it is greater than or equal to 8. This interrogation of the most significant digit of the price register is necessary because, if the verify key was depressed elsewhere in the sequence

of the operation, that will cause all 8's to be loaded into 10 the price digits. Therefore, if an 8 or 9 is found in the most significant price digit, operation will proceed to step 14FS to clear the price register, factor flag and digit timer and to clear the total price ifthe weight is positive and to blank the total price if the weight is negative. 15

However, if the verify key was not depressed and consequently an 8 or 9 is not found in the most significant price digit, operation jumps from step 14F4 to step 14F6. It might be noted that a result of steps 14F4 and 14FS is that the operator will not be permitted to input 20 an 8 or 9 to the most significant price digit and get meaningful results. However, this presents no problem because such large prices are not encountered in the usual operation of the weighing scale.

MANUAL TARE

The manual tare operation XI permits the operator to place a tare object on the scale platter and have the tare weight written into memory. In this operation, a series

of checks are performed and if conditions are proper, 30 the weight is written into the tare weight register, some flags are conditioned and some registers are then cleared.

At step 14F6, the zero done flag is interrogated to see whether the weighing scale was previously zeroed. If it 35 was not, then the tare operation and the net mode of operation are not permitted so that operation will jump

to step 14F22.

However, if the scale was zeroed, the state of the manual tare flag is written into the accumulator and the 40 manual tare flag register is itself cleared in step 14F7. In step 14F8 the manual tare flag is examined to determine whether it is set. If it is not set this indicates that the tare key was not depressed and detected during the read keyboard operation XXIII and therefore operation 45 jumps from step 14F8 to step 14Gl, skipping the manual tare operation.

If, however, the manual tare flag is set then in step 14F9 the motion flag is interrogated to determine whether there is motion. If the motion flag is found to 50 be set so that motion exists, then erroneous tare weight data would be on the scale. Therefore, operation jumps from step 14F9 to step 14Gl.

However, ifno motion is detected, then in step 14FI0 the most significant digit of the weight register is exam- 55 ined to see if it contains a zero. If it does not, operation must jump to step 14Gl and the manual tare operation skipped because the most significant weight digit will be used to display a negative sign in the net mode of opera-

tion. 60

If the most significant digit of the weight register is found to be zero, operation proceeds to step FH, in which the zero increment flag is examined to determine whether the scale is within the auto zero correction band. If the scale was within the auto zero correction 65 band, operation proceeds to step 14F13, but if it is not then the weight sign is examined to determine whether

it is minus. If the weight sign is not minus, operation

38

continues to step 14F13. However, if the weight sign is found to be minus, operation jumps to step 14Gl.

In step 14F13 preparations are made for moving the weight to the tare register. The zero increment flag is then examined in step 14F14 to again determine whether the scale is within the auto zero correction

band. If it is not, operation proceeds to step 14F16 at which the weight data in the weight register is moved to the tare register to store it as the tare weight.

If at step 14F14, the scale is found to be within the auto zero correction band, then at step 14F15 the register is cleared so that in step 14F16 all zeroes will be moved into the tare register. Steps 14F14, 14F15, and 14F16 permit the entry of a zero tare weight in order to permit the operator to intentionally override or satisfy the tare mandatory mode if that mode was selected at

the factory. It also assures that zeroes will be displayed whenever the weighing scale is within the auto zero

correction band even though it is not at absolute zero.

Operation then proceeds to step 14Ft7 in which the zero increment flag is again examined to determine whether the weighing scale is within the auto zero correction band. Ifit is not, an 8 is loaded in step 14F18 into

25 the accumulator for subsequent use to set the net flag and thereby indicate that the weighing scale is in the net mode. If, however, the weighing scale is found in step 14F17 to not be in the auto zero correction band, then operation jumps to step 14F20 in which zeroes are

loaded into the accumulator for subsequent use to clear the net flag and thereby indicate that the weighing scale is in the gross weighing mode.

Then at step 14F21, the contents of the accumulator from either step 14F18 or 14F19 is written into the net flag, the tare done flag is set to indicate that the tare operation has been completed and the recompute flag is set to indicate that a new price must be computed upon entry into the compute total price operation XX. Then, in step 22 the price register, factor flag and the digit

timer are all cleared. The total price is cleared if the weight is plus and is blanked if the weight is minus.

SUBTRACT TARE

Operation then proceeds to step 14Gl at which the tare weight is subtracted from the weight and the resulting net weight is written into the weight register.

NET AUTO ZERO CORRECTION

As explained above, the exemplary embodiment tracks changes in the net zero by modifying the tare register data to correct for such changes. This is done in steps 14G2 through 14G1S.

In step 14G2 the weight in the weight register is examined to determine whether it is zero. If the weight is zero then no net auto zero correction is needed and operation jumps to the auto clear operation XIV at step 14F16. If, however, the weight is not zero, then the net flag is interrogated to determine whether it is set. If it is not set indicating that the weighing scale is in the gross weighing mode, then the net auto zero correction is skipped and operation jumps to step 14G16. If, however, the net flag is set, then operation proceeds to the find scale capacity operation at step 14G4.

Because the weight data in the weight register is no longer in raw weight increments but has been converted to weight units appropriate for the selected scale capacity, the band for the net zero correction will be different for the different scale capacities.

4,204,197

40

Therefore, in steps 14GS through 14GB, the data ter, the price register, the factor flag and the digit timer

returned by step 14G4 will set the arithmetic scratch are cleared. The total price is cleared if the weight is

pad register to 000009 if the 6Kg scale capacity is se- positive and blanked if the weight is negative. After step

lected, to 00025 if the 15Kg scale capacity is selected 14H2, operation advances to step 14H6.

and to 000005 if the 30 pound scale capacity is selected. 5 If in step 14G19, the result of the previous subtraction

Then, at step 14G12 the number written into the indicated that the weight was still above the 100 raw

arithmetic scratch pad register is subtracted from the weight increments, then operation advances to step

weight and flag 1 of the CPU 210 is reset to note the net 14H4 in which the auto clear flag is interrogated.

mode. Then in step 14G13, the result of the above sub- If the auto clear flag is found to have advanced to its traction is checked to determine whether it is positive. 10 "six" state, this indicates that the weight has been above

If the result is positive, then the weight is above the net 100 raw increments sufficiently long to permit auto-

zero correction band and operation proceeds to step matic clearing whenever the scale weight falls below

14Gl!6 without any correction. If, however, the result the 100 raw weight increments. Therefore, nothing is

of the subtraction of step 14G12 is found in step 14G13 done to the auto clear flag and operation advances to

to be negative, then the tare register is corrected in step 15 step 14H6. If, however, the auto clear flag has not ad-

14G14 as previously described by the correct auto zero vanced to its "six" state, then in step 14H5 the auto clear

operation XXVIII, with the result of the correction flag is incremented.

being written into the tare register in step 14G15.

ZERO LAMP

20 In the Zero lamp opertions of steps 14H6 through

In the auto clear operation the tare and price registers 14H20, a check is made to determine whether the

are to be automatically cleared after an object has been weight data is within a small range of zero referred to as

weighed if that mode is selected. They are cleared if the the zero increment range. If it is found to be within this

scale rises above ten scale increments, remains for a range on two successive checks it is considered to be in

sufficient length of time above the ten scale increments 25 this range and the zero lamp is turned on.

and then falls below the ten increments. In operation 14H6, the find scale capacity operation

The auto clear operation XIV begins at step 14G1l6 XXV is performed, and in operations 14H7 through

with the find scale capacity operation. The multiplier 114H13, the data returned by step 14H6 is used to set the

digit which is returned to the accumulator is then writ- arithmetic scratch pad register to a 5 if the 6 kilogram

ten into the third least significant digit of the arithmetic 30 scale is selected, a 14 if the 15 kilogram is selected and

scratch pad register in step 14G17. The number written a 3 if the 30 lb. scale is selected. Then, in step 14H14 the

into the scratch pad register at step 14G17 represents number set in the arithmetic scratch pad register is

100 raw weight increments for the selected scale capac- subtracted from the weight and the result is examined in

ity.That number is then subtracted at step 14G18 from step HIS to determine whether it is plus. If the result is

the weight and the result is examined at step 14G19. If 35 plus, the weight is above the zero increment range.

this result is plus, this indicates that the scale is still Therefore, in step 14H16, a 2 is loaded to the accumula-

weighing a weight above the 100 raw weight incre- tor for subsequent use in setting the zero lamp flag so

ments and that therefore the price and tare registers that the zero lamp will be turned off. Operation then

should not yet be clear. Therefore, operation will jump jumps to step 14H20.

to step 14H4. 40 If in step 14H15 the result of the subtraction of step

However, if at step 14G19 the result is found to be 14H14 is found to be negative then the scale is within

negative, then the weight is below 10 scale increments the zero increment range. However, since it must be

and the auto clear flag is cleared at step 14G20. Then in within the zero increment range on two successive

step 14G21, the state of the auto clear flag prior to checks before the zero lamp is to be turned on, opera-

clearing in step 14G20 is examined to determine 45 tion advances to step 14H18 in which the zero lamp flag

whether it was equal to 6. If the auto clear flag was (which has three states) is written into the accumulator

equal to 6, this indicates that the weight previously had and decremented. Then in step 14H19 the flag is exam-

been above 100 raw weight increments for a sufficient ined to determine if it was zero. If it was not zero, oper-

length of time that the tare and price registers should ation advances to step 14H20 in which either the deere-

now be cleared and operation will advance to step 50 mented state of the zero lamp flag from step 14H18 or

14G22. If, however, the auto clear flag had not ad- the set state from step 14H16 is written into the zero

vanced to a 6, then the weight was not above 100 raw lamp flag register. If it was zero, then the zero state in

weight increments for a sufficient length of time and the zero lamp flag register continues so that the zero

clearing of these registers should not be done. There- lamp remains on.

fore, operation will jump to step 14H6. 55

At step 14G22, a determination is made whether a "prepack" or "by count" mode is selected. If a "prepack" or "by count" mode is selected, then auto clear will be skipped because any price and tare data in the price and tare registers will be used in subsequent 60 weighing operations. However, if in step 14G22 neither the "prepack" or "by count" mode is selected, operation advances to step 14H1 in which memory register 053 is examined to determine whether the auto clear mode was selected. If the auto clear mode was not 65 selected, operation jumps to step 14H6 and automatic clearing is skipped. If, however, auto clear is enabled, then operation advances to step 14H2 and the tare regis-

AUTO CLEAR

. ROUNDOFF

All the above operations involving weight data have been done with six significant digits of weight data. In the round off operation XVI, the weight data is rounded off to fewer significant digits.

Consequently, at step 14M21 the find scale capacity operation XXV is performed and its results examined to determine which scale is selected. If the 6 kilogram scale is selected operation jumps to step 1414. If, however, the 6 kilogram scale is not selected operation advances to step 1411 in which the 6 digit weight in the

. weight register is rounded off to 5 significant digits and the 6th digit is cleared.

41

4,204,197

42

Then, at step 1412, the data returned at step 14H21 is examined to determine whether the 30 lb. scale has been selected. If it has been selected, no further round off is required and operation jumps to step 14114 at the beginning of the output filter operation XVII.

However, if the 30 lb. scale is not selected then the 15 kilogram scale must be selected and operation jumps to step 1417 for rounding off by 5. At step 1417 the 5th least significant digit of the weight is examined and if it

is less than 3, operation jumps to step 14111 in which a 10 zero is loaded in the accumulator. If, however, the 5th least significant digit is not less than 3, then it is examined at step 1418 and if it is not less than 8, operation jumps to step 14111 in which a zero is loaded into the accumulator. However, if it is less than 8, a 5 is loaded 15 into the accumulator at step 1419 and operation advances to step 14112.

If the 6 kilogram scale was found in step 14H22 to have been selected then in step 1414 the least significant digit of the five digit weight is examined. If it is odd, the 20 carry register of the CPU 210 is set and operation jumps

to step 14I13. If, however, in step 1414 the least signifi- In this operation the various lamp status flag registers

cant digit of the 5 digit weight is found to be even, then are checked and their status used to update the lamp

operation jumps directly to step 14113. 25 status registers 020 through 026 for use in controlling

In step 14112 whatever is loaded into the accumulator the front and back indicator lamp displays.

in step 1419 or 14111 is written into the 5th least signifi- In step 1418, the motion flag is examined. If the mo-

cant weight digit register. Then at step 14113 the carry tion flag is set then motion exists and a zero is loaded

register is added to the 4th least significant digit of the into the accumulator and used in step 1419 to update the

weight register with the result being written into the 30 LB/KG lamp register so that the LB/KG lamp subseweight register. quently will be turned off during the motion condition. If, however, the motion flag is not set, then an 8 will be loaded to the accumulator for subsequent use in step

In the output filter operation XVII, the most recently 1419 for updating the LB/KG lamp register so that the

detected weight is compared to the weight currently 35 LB/KG lamp subsequently will be turned on.

being displayed to determine if it is different enough In step 14J10, the zero lamp flag is examined. If the

from the displayed weight to justify an update of the zero lamp flag is found to be 0, then an 8 is loaded to the

displayed weight. If a sufficient difference occurs 3 accumulator for use in step 14111 to update the zero

times in succession, such an update will be made. lamp register to subsequently turn on the zero lamp

Therefore, in step 14114 the output weight is moved 40 indicating that the weighing scale is zeroed. If, how-

from the output weight register to the arithmetic ever, the zero lamp is not zero, then a zero is loaded into

scratch pad register along with its sign. This output the accumulator for use in step 14111 to update the zero

weight is then subtracted from the weight in the weight lamp register and subsequently turn off the zero lamp.

register in step 14115. Then in step 14116, the motion In step 14J12, the net lamp register is updated with

flag is examined. If the motion flag is set, operation 45 the state of the net flag.

jumps to step 14122. If the motion flag is not set then at In step 14J13, the second bit of the factor flag is exam-

step 14117 the find scale capacity operation XXV is ined. If it is set, then an 8 is loaded into the accumulator

performed. Then, at step 14119, a determination is made for use in step 14J14 to update the per! lamp register.

whether the result of the subtraction in step 14115 is less However, if it is not set, then a 0 is loaded into the

than or equal to the number returned by step 14117 50 accumulator for use in step 14114 to update the per !

which represents 10 raw weight increments for the lamp register so that the per ! lamp will be turned off.

selected scale capacity. In step 14J14, the 4th bit of the factor flag is exam-

If the result of the subtraction is not less than or equal ined. If it is set, an 8 is loaded into the accumulator for

to the returned digit, then operation jumps to step use in step 14J15 in updating the per 1 lamp register so

14122. However, if the result is less than or equal to the 55 that the per 1 lamp will be turned on. However, if the

returned digit then in step 14120 the result is examined 4th bit of the factor flag is not set, then a 0 is loaded into

to see if it is zero. If it .is found to be zero, then there is the accumulator for use in step 14J15 in updating the 1

no difference between the recently detected weight and lamp register so that the per 1 lamp will be off.

the output weight and updating is unnecessary and In step 14J16, RAM register 045 is interrogated to

consequently operation jumps to step 1414. However, if 60 determine whether the UK scale has been selected. If it

the result is not zero, the filter counter is examined to has been selected, then operation jumps to step 14120. If

determine if it is less than 3. If it is not less than 3, then the UK scale has not been selected, then a determina-

it has not timed out and a difference has not been ob- tion is made in step 14J17 whether the "prepack" or "by

served a sufficient number of times to require updating count" mode has been selected. If the "prepack" or "by

of the output weight. Therefore, if the output filter 65 count" mode has been selected, an 8 is loaded into the

counter is less than 3, operation jumps to step 1416 accumulator for use in step 14118 in updating the pre-

where the output filter counter is loaded into the accu- pack lamp registers. If, however, the "prepack" or "by

mulator and incremented. If, however, the output filter count" mode is not selected, a 0 is loaded into the accu-

counter is found to not be less than 3, operation advances to step 14122.

In steps 14122 flag 2 of the CPU 210 is set to note that the 5 most significant digits of weight data will be subse-

5 quently used. Operation then advances to step 1411. At step 14J1, the memory is checked to determine whether the "by count" mode is selected. If it is, no updating of the output weight display data is appropriate and there-

fore operation jumps to step 1414. If, however, it is not in the "by count" mode, then operation advances to step 1412 which is the update output weight subroutine op-

eration XXVII illustrated in FIG. 14X and described above. After the output weight is updated, then in step 1413 the recompute flag is set and the print flag is cleared. In step 1414 the output filter counter is cleared and operation jumps to step 1417.

In step 1417, the output filter counter is updated with either the incremented filter counter from step 1416 or the cleared filter counter from step 1414.

LOAD LAMPS FOR OUTPUT

OUTPUT FILTER

proceeds to step 14Kl::! in which flag 2 is reset to note that the detected weight is to be multiplied directly by price without first requiring that the price be multiplied by a factor. Operation then jumps to step 14LI0. How-

In the interlock check operation, various conditions 5 ever, if the price must first be multiplied by 4 or 2,

are checked to determine whether operation should operation proceeds to step 14K15 in which the price is

proceed to the computation of a total price in operation multiplied by the appropriate factor.

or should skip that operation and jump to the next. The result of this multiplication will be 11 digits long.

In step 14J20, the "by count" mode is checked. If the If 5 digit pricing is used, then the 6 most significant

"by count" mode has been selected, then operation 10 digits of the result must all be zeroes and if 4 digit pric-

advances to step 14K1 in which the output weight is. ing is used, then the 7 most significant digits of the price

blanked as is appropriate for the "by count" mode and must be zeroes.

then operation jumps to step 14K6 skipping the check to Therefore, in step 14K16, a determination is made

determine whether tare has been done. If it has not been whether 5 digit pricing has been selected. If it has, the 6

selected, operation proceeds to step 14K3 to determine 15 most significant digits of the result are checked in step

whether tare has been done. 14K17 for any non-zero digit. However, if 5 digit pric-

At step 14K3, a determination is made whether tare ing is not selected, then in step 14K19 the 7 most signifi-

has been done. If tare has been done, operation jumps to cant digits of the result are checked for any non-zero

step 14K9 to determine whether the recompute flag is digit.

set. However, if tare has not been done, then in step 20 Since the presence of a non-zero digit in the check of

14K4 a determination is made whether tare is manda- steps 14K17 or 14K19 will indicate that the price con-

tory. If tare is not mandatory, then operation advances straints have been exceeded, in step 14K20 the results of

to step 14K9. However, if tare was not done and tare is these checks are examined to determine whether the

mandatory, then a price should not yet be computed so multiplication has produced an overprice. If the result is

operation advances to step 14K5 which clears any total 25 overprice, operation advances to step 14L1 in which

price if the weight is positive and blanks total price if the price register, factor flag and digit timer are cleared.

the weight is negative. The total price is cleared if the weight is positive and

Operation then continues to step 14K6 in which the blanked if the weight is negative. Thereafter, operation

contents of the recompute flag register is written into jumps to step 14M19.

the accumulator and the recompute flag register is 30 However, if there is not an overprice, operation ad-

cleared. Then in step 14K7 the condition of the recom- vances from step 141(20 to step 14L3. In this step, a

pute flag as written into the accumulator is checked. If determination is made whether the mandatory pricing

the recompute flag was set, operation skips to step per unit mode is selected. If it is not, operation advances

14Mll and if the recompute flag was not set then opera- to step 14L8 in which the address registers are set up to

tion skips further to step 14N15. 35 move the result of the price times factor multiplication

However, if the tare was done or was not mandatory, to the weight register. Therefore, with the mandatory

then in step 14K9, the recompute flag is similarly writ- pricing per unit not selected, the result of the price times

ten into the accumulator and the recompute flag regis- factor multiplication will, in step 14L9, be moved into

ter is cleared. In step 14KI0, the condition of the recom- the weight register.

pute flag as written into the accumulator is examined. If 40 However, if price by unit is found in step L3 to have

the recompute flag is set so that a new computation of been selected, then in step 14L4 flag 2 of the CPU 210

a total price is called for, operation advances to the is set to note that the price will be multiplied by the

compute total price operation beginning FIG. 14K. weight to determine the total price. Then, in step 14LS,

However, if the recompute flag was not set, then the a 1 is written into the factor flag register 013 to note that

currently exhibited price, weight and total price data do 45 factoring is done and the 2 or 4 previously stored

not need modification. Therefore, both the compute therein is removed. Operation now advances to step

total price operation XX and that portion of the output 14L6 in which the recompute flag is set and the register

operation XXI which outputs new weight, price and address is modified to set up to move the result of the

total price data may be skipped. Operation therefore price times factor multiplication into the price register.

jumps to step 14NlS. 50 Operation then advances to step 14L9 from either

step 14L6 or step 14L8. The result of the price times factor multiplication is moved to either the weight register or the price register depending upon whether step 14L6 or 14L8 preceeded step 14L9.

In step 14LI0, the output weight sign is examined. If it is found to be negative, then an error occurred in the computation and operation advances to step 14Lll which sets the recompute flag and loops the operation back to step 14K5. However, if the output weight sign is positive, then operation advances to step 14L13 in which the contents of the output weight register is moved to the arithmetic scratch pad register, the blank bit therein is replaced with a zero and the weight register is addressed.

Then, in step 14L14 flag 2 is examined. If it was set, operation jumps to step 14L16. If flag 2 is not set, opera. tion proceeds to step 14L15 in which the register address is changed to the address of the price register.

43

4,204,197

mulator for use in updating the prepack lamp registers in step 14118 so that the legend will not be backlighted.

INTERLOCK CHECK

COMPUTE TOTAL PRICE

In the Compute Total Price Operation XX, the presence of a factor is checked and if one has been input, the price is multiplied by the factor. This product is 55 checked for overprice and if not overpriced a check is made whether pricing per unit is mandatory. Then if the weight is positive it is mutiplied by the price and the resulting total value is rounded off, checked for overvalue and if not overvalue is stored in the total price 60 register (FIG. 13)~

The computation of the total price begins to step 14KU with the clearing of the arithmetic and temporary scratch pad registers and the setting of flag 2 to assume that the weight is to be multiplied by a factor. 65 Then, in step 14K12 a determination is made whether the price is to be multiplied by a factor of 2 or 4. If the weight is not to be multiplied by a factor, operation

In step 14L16, the data in the register which is addressed in either step 14L13 or 14L15 is multiplied by the data in the output weight register to give a total price.

This total price must now be rounded off to the 5 proper number of digits. In. order to determine which digit to round off, step 14L17 is performed which is a subroutine operation for returning the address of the proper digit to be rounded off. This subroutine is de-

scribed in detail in connection with FIG. 14Z. 10

Referring to the Total Price Roundoff Digit Search Operation of FIG. 14Z, in step 14Z1, the digit address

of the digit which is rounded off under non-UK conditions is first addressed in the result register. Then, in step 14Z2 the 30 lb. enable register is examined and if 15 the 30 lb. scale capacity has been selected, the address

of step 14Z1 is decremented shifting the address to the round off position for the 30 lb. scale.

However, if the 30 lb. scale capacity is not selected, operation jumps directly to step 14Z4 in which the UK 20 enable register. is examined. If the UK scale has been selected, the address is again decremented in step 14Z5

to the position which IS appropriate for rounding off for use in the UK. If UK is. not selected the address is cor- 25 rect.

This therefore provides, as stated in step 14Z6, the

proper round off address. This address is then loaded OUTPUT

into the accumulator and operation returns to the step in In the Output Operation XXI, the proper digits are

the main sequence of operations in which the total price 30 output to the GPKD 410 and displayed and the contents

round off digit search ,operation was initiated. of the lamp status flags are output to the lamp latches

Returning to fIG;· 14L, the total price is then for display.

rounded off using the address returned from step 14L17 In . step 14M19, the output weight, price and total

and a determination is made in step 14L19 whether the price are moved to RAM registers 070 through 07F in

UK mode is selected. If the UK mode is not selected, 35 the proper sequence for output to the GPKD. Then, in

operation jumps to step 14M5, no further round off step 14M20 a determination is made whether 5 digit

being necessary .. However, if the UK mode is selected pricing is selected. If 5 digit pricing is selected, opera-

then a further round off must be performed. Therefore, tion advances directly to step 14M22 while if 5 digit

operation again advances to the total price round off pricing is not selected, then 4 digit pricing will be pro-

digit search subroutine operation XXIX at step 14L20. 40 vided and in step 14M21 the most significant digit of the

The address returned in step 14L20 is then incre- price register is blanked.

mented to the next most significant digit in step 14L21 Similarly, in step 14M22, a determination is made

and a 2 is added to that digit with the ~arry being prop~- whether 5 digit total price is selected. If it is, operation

gated. Then at~tep 14L2~ the .total pnce round off digit jumps directly to step 14N2 while if the 5 digit total

search subroutine operatlo~ I~ performed and at step 45 price is not selected, then operation goes to step 14Nl in

14Ml the returned address IS Incremented. which the most significant digit of the total price is

If the currently addressed digit is in the range 5 to 9 blanked. .

inclusive, this indicates that the i legend should be Then, in step 14N2 a determination is again made

illuminated. Therefore, in step 14M2 an 11 may be whether the UK mode is selected. If it is, the next most

added to that digit. If a carry is produced, then the digit 50 significant digit in the total price is also blanked while if

was in the stated range and therefore half-pence is de- it is not operation jumps directly to step 14N4.

sired. Consequently, in step 14M3 the carry may be Steps 14N4 through 14N12 operate to output the

inspected to determine if half-pence is desired. If it is, an digits in RAM register 070 through 07f to the GPKD

8 is loaded to the accumulator for being written into the for display. Then, in step 14N14, the CPU sends the

prepack or half-pence registers 025 and 026. However, 55 KDN instructions to the GPKD to tum on the display

if half-pence is not desired, a zero is loaded into the and display the digits which were output to the GPKD.

accumulator for writing into the same registers in step Finally, in steps 14N15 through 14N18, the 7 lamp

14M4. states are output to the latch, decoder and driver cir-

Operation then proceeds to an over valve check. At cuitry 56.

step 14M5 the total price round off digit search subrou- 60 tine operation XXIX is again repeated. The lower 4 digits of the returned address are complemented and added to 11 in order to form an address counter for performing the over value check. Then, in step 14M7, a determination is made Whether 5 digit pricing is se- 65 lected. If it is not, then in step 14M8 the check counter formed. in step 14M6· is incremented so that the over value check will be done for 4 digit pricing. However,

45

4,204,197

46

if 5 digit pricing is selected, operation jumps directly to step 14M9.

At step 14M9 the addressed digit and the more significant digits of the total price are examined to determine whether they are O. If all are 0, then in step 14M9 the total price is found not to be over value and operation jumps to step 14M14. However, if a non-zero digit is found, the total price is over value and in step 14MI0 the total price is blanked.

In step 14Mll, a determination is made whether the UK scale is selected. If it is not, operation jumps directly to step 14M19. However, if the UK scale is selected, then in step 14M12 the prepack lamp registers are cleared.

If, in step 14M9, an over value did not exist, operation advances to step 14M14 to prepare and move the computed total price to the total price register. To do this the total price round off digit search subroutine operation XXIX is preformed at step 14M14 and then at steps 14M15 a 5 is added to the returned address so that the most significant digit of the total price may be, addressed. Then, at step 14M16 a determination is made whether the UK scale mode is selected. If it is, in step 14M17 the address is incremented so that in step 14M18 the appropriate number of total price digits are moved from the result register to the total price register.

PRINT

In the print operation determinations are made whether a print command was entered, whether a print should be disabled because the weight is below the minimum established for printing and what type of print is desired. The data is then output to the printer and a print is performed if the print command was entered. The printer is then reset. Looking now at the print

47

4,204.191

48

operation XXII in more detail, in step 14N19, the con- DOA, is output to the GPKD and the digit is thereby

tents of the print command register is written into the sent to the printer.

accumulator and the print command register is cleared. In step 14Pt, the output digit is used to address the

Flag 2.ofthe CPU 210 is then reset. Then, in step 14N20 parity table and select the correct parity bit so that in

the contents of the accumulator is examined to deter- 5 step 14P2 the parity bit is output to the printer. Then at

mine whether the print command was set. If the print step 14P3 the printer clock' line, is strobed and held in

command was not set, then operation jumps to step the strobe state for 0.4 milliseConds in step 14P4. The

140:tHowever, if the print command was set, flag 2 of st~o~e is removed .in step 14P5. Then, ~r :mo!her 0.4

the CPU 210 is set in step 14N21 to note that a print ~l~ond delay m step 14P6 a .d~termmation IS made

command exists. Then, in step 1401 thefindscale capac- 10 m step 14P7 whether all ~f the digits have been output.

itysubroutine operation XXV is performed and its re- . If ~ey have not, operation loops back to state 0~1 to

turned data is used in step 1402 to make a determination a~~ pass through steps 14021 ~ou~ 14P7 until all

Whether the weight is less than 20 raw weight incre- dl!p.ts have finally been output m this manner to the

ments. Then, in step 1403, the print complete signal pnnter. . . ..

fro~ the printer is input to the CPU 210 and examined 15 • After all dl!p.ts ~ve been. output, the .pnnter enable

in step 1404 to determine whether a character is being ~e of FIG. 6 ~ switched to I~ low state m step 14P8 to

. ted disable the pnnter and operation proceeds to step P9.

P~th~ printing is not complete. operation jumps to At step 14~ a detc:rmmation is Inad~ w~ether a print

step 1408 in which flag 2 is reset in order to disable an comm~d e~ts. If It d~ n~.t, operation Jumps to s~P

.. . '. f her . . hile a nri 20 14PlS m which the pnnter IS reset through the pnnt

~~ti:.o anot er:nnto.~ati?nHw eapr;t<?p::- reset line illustrated in FIG. 6.

!Io,~ IS lmg,currdent y ~. o~ •. mad°wev~r, t pnnl40gs However, if a print command is foun .' d to exist at step

IS . comp ete, a' e ermmation IS ems ep he nri d . 14PI0 th

hth" 'th . t inhib· od has bee I ted If·t 14P9, t e pnnt comman IS output as step on e

· weer e p~. It men se ec : I print command line illustrated in FIG; 6. After a delay

~ no~ operation Jumps to step 1409. Howe~er, ~ ~e 25 ofS' milliseconds in step 14Pll; the print complete line

pnnt disable mode ~ been selec~, a deteI1ll'?ation IS is input to the CPU in step 14PU and examined in step

made whether a p~t comm~d e:usts. If a pnnt com- 14P13 to determine whether the print is complete. If the

mand d~ not ~XlSt, operation Jum~s to step 1'!69. 'print is incomplete, operation loops back to step 14P12

I;low~ver, if a pnnt command. d~ eXISt, a determina- and continues looping through steps 14PU and 14P13

ti0';1 .. IS ~e whether the ~el~t IS less than 20 raw 30 until the print is found'ill step 14P13 to be complete. In

w~ght?,crements. If the ~el~ht IS not less than 20 raw step 14P14, the print command is removed from the

weight mcrements, operation Jumps to step 1409. How- print conunand line and in step 14P15 the printer is reset

ever, if the weight is less than 20 increments flag 2 is through its print reset line .

.. reset in order to disable a print. Then, in step 1409 a

determination is Made whether the Toledo Scale 300 35 KEYBOARD

printer mode has been selected. If it has not, the output In the' keyboard operation XXIII, a determination is

data is written. into RAM registers 070 through 07F in made whether a key is entered and if so the entered key

the proper format for a 5 digit printer. However, if the is identified and stored in memory if conditions are

300 p~ter is, found m step 1409 to. have .been selec~, . appropriate. For some of the operations called for by

operation advances to step 140U m which the data IS 40 key depressions, the operation also.is performed.

loaded into the same registers in proper format for the Referring to the diagram of the GPKD m FIG. 11,

· .300 printer.... . . each time a key is depressed, the code representing that

After the. data IS loaded m the proper format, then m key is stored in . the key buffer registers 1032. Then,

step 140J,3 a determination is made whether the "by whenever the CPU outputs the proper instruction to the

· count' mode is selected, If the ''by count" mode is not 45 GPKD, the key codes are mput to the CPU.

selected, operation jumps to step 14013 to begin the The key codes comprise two parts as described ia the

output of the data to the printer. Rockwell literature. The first is a four bit word entitled

However,.if the "by count" mode is selected, it is the strobe. The second is a four bit word entitled the

desirable to .. replace all the digits m which a 0 appears return.

~th a decimal point so that merely a series of dots are 50 Returning to FIG. 14P, in step 14P16 the CPU 210

prillted. To do this, a loop formed by steps 14014 outputs the mneumonic KTS instruction which causes

through 14018 looks at each digit and if the digit is a 0 the GPKD. to transfer the strobe code to the CPU.

it is replaced with a 13 so that it will cause a decimal Then, in step 14P17,the transferred strobe can be exam-

point to be printed. After all digitS are examined, then in ined to determine whether a key was entered. If a key

step 14019 a 0 is loaded to the output registers factor 5S was not entered; operation jumps to step 14T19 at the

digit and the printer output is begun. end of the keyboard operation. In steps 14T19 and

To do this, step 14020 switches the printer clock and 14T20, a determination is made whether the verify key

printer reset lines illustrated in FIG. 6 to a low state and was the last key to have been depressed. If the verify

the printer enable line to its high state. key was not the last key, operation loops back to step

Then, an output loop is formed in steps 14021 60 14A8. However, if the verify key was the last key to

through 14P7 in which each digit to be output and its have been depressed, operation proceeds to step 14P18

appropriate parity bit is output in sequence. In step in which the keyboard strobe word is entered into regis-

14021 the integrator reset signal is written into the X ter 047. Then, in step 14P19 a mneumonic KTR instruc-

register of the CPU to maintainthe analog to digital tion is output from the CPU to the GPKD to cause the

mtegratorcircuit in its. reset condition. Then, in step 65 GPKD to return its keyboard return data to the CPU.

1...,21 the first digit from the output RAM registers As explained in the Rockwell literature, if the number

14070. through l407F is loaded into the accumulator of depressed keys exceeds. the storage capacity of the

and in step 14022 the output instruction, with mnemonic GPKD, then the most significant bit of the keyboard

49

4,204,197

return word will be switched from a 0 to a 1. Consequently, in step 14P20, the keyboard return 4 bit word can be examined to determine if such a keyboard error

is present because all depressed keys were not stored in the GPKD.lfsuch a keyboard "error is found, operation 5 loops back to step 14A4 in which the CPU 210 outputs

a KER instruction to the GPKD 410 which causes it to be reset. If not keyboard error is present then the keyboard return word is written into RAM memory 046.

Then in step 14P22, the keyboard strobe and return 10 data are examined. If a command key is found, operation jumps to step 14R11. However, if a command key

is not found, the key must have been a digit key and therefore operation proceeds to step 14Rl.

In step 14Rl the digit timer is examined. If the digit 15 timer is still running, this means that the key was depressed within the required time for accepting the depression of a digit key. Therefore, operation may jump

to step 14R3 in which the digit is written into RAM memory. However, if the digit timer is not running, 20 then the entered digit must be the first in a new series of digits so the price register and the factor register are cleared in step 14R2. Then, in step 14R3, a determination is made whether 5 digit pricing is selected. If 5 digit pricing is selected, operation jumps to step 14R6. If 5 25 digit pricing is not selected, then 4 digit pricing must have been selected. Therefore, in step 14R4, a determination is made whether the most significant digit of the

4 digit price is a zero. If the most significant digit is found in step 14R4 to be a non-zero digit, then all the 30 allowable digits have been entered and the digit just input from the GPKD should be ignored. Therefore, operation loops back to the beginning of the keyboard operation XXIII at step 14P16. However, if the most significant digit of the 4 digit price is zero then opera- 35 tionjumps to step 14R7. Similarly, if5 digit pricing was found to have been selected at step 14R3, then in step 14R6 the most significant digit of the 5 digit price is examined to determine whether it is zero. If this most significant digit is not zero, then the most recently en- 40 tered digit must be ignored and therefore operation loops back to step 14P16.

If, however, operation advances to step 14R7, the most recently entered digit is examined to determine whether it is 0 to 9 inclusive. If it is not, one of these 45 allowed digits, it must be ignored and therefore operation loops back to step 14P16. However, if it is an allowed digit, the new digit is entered into the least significant digit of the price register in step 14R8 and any other digits already entered in the price register are so shifted one position toward the most significant digit. Then, in step 14R9 the digit timer is set to its 11 state to set up a new time delay for acceptance of another digit. Operation then jumps to step 14T17.

If in step 14P22 a command key rather than a digit 55 key was found to have been depressed, then in step 14R11 the stored key data is examined. If the verify key was not depressed operation jumps to step 14R21 to determine whether it was the per half key which was

depressed. 60

If, however, the verify key was depressed, then a KER instruction is output from the CPU in step 14R12

in order to reset the GPKD. Then, after a 50 millisecond time delay in step 14R12, the verify test flag is examined. If the verify test flag is set, then this detection 65 of the verify key should be ignored and operation loops back to step 14P16. However, if the verify flag was not set, then in step 14R15 it is set and the contents of the

50

verify mode flag is complemented. Then, in steps 14R16 the verify mode flag is examined to determine whether it was clear.

If the verify mode flag was clear then a 15 is written into the X register of the CPU 210 and the contents of X register is unloaded into each 4 bit register at RAM addresses 070 through 07F. This is done so that upon the first depression of the verify key all digits of the displays will be blanked. However, if the verify mode flag was found not clear in step 14R16, an 8 is loaded into register X so that in step 14R17 all 8's will be loaded into the contents of RAm registers 070 through 07F. These 8's will then subsequently cause all segments of the display registers to be illuminated.

In step 14R19, all the lamps are loaded with the register X test digit and the digit timer is cleared. Then operation loops back to step 14M19 so that the loaded digits can be output for the verify test.

If, however, the verify key was found in step 14R11 not to have been depressed, then in step 14R21 determination is made whether the per 1 key is depressed. If it is not, operation jumps to step 14S5. However, ifthe per § key is depressed, then in step 14R22 a determination is made whether the "by count" mode has been selected. If it has not been selected, operation jumps to step 1483 in which a 2 is loaded into the accumulator and operation jumps to step 14S10.

If the "by count" mode was found selected in step 14R22, then in step 14S1 the contents of the price register is moved to the total price register and the price register is cleared. Thereafter operation jumps to step 14T16.

If operation jumped to step 14S5 because the per 1 key was found in step 14R21 not to have been depressed, a determination is made whether the per! key was depressed. If it was not, operation jumps to step 14S13. However, if the per! key was depressed, then in step 14S6 a determination is made whether the "by count" mode was selected. If it was, operation jumps to step 14T16. However, if the "by count" mode was not selected, then in step 14S7 the find scale capacity operation XXV is performed.

In step 14S8 the returned data is examined to determine whether a metric scale capacity has been selected. If it has, operation jumps to step 14T16. However, if a metric scale has not been selected, a 4 is loaded into the accumulator in step 14S9.

In step 14810 the first bit of the factor flag is examined to determine whether it is a 1 indicating that the factor multiplication has already been done. Iffactoring is found to have been done, operation jumps to step 14T16. However, if factoring has not been done, the factor register is updated with the 4 loaded in the accumulator in step 14S9 and the setting of the first bit of the factor flag.

In step 14S13, a determination is made whether the print key was depressed. If the print key was depressed, then in step 14S14 the print command RAM register 027 is set and operation continues to step 14S15. However, if the print key was not selected, operation jumps directly to step 14815 in which a determination is made whether the tare key was depressed. If the tare key was not depressed, there are no more keys to check and therefore operation jumps to step 14T16. However, if the tare key was depressed, then in step 14S16 a determination is made whether the motion flag is set.

If the motion flag is found to be set, indicating that platter motion exists, then a manual tare weight would

51

4,204,197

52

total price is selected if the weight is plus and blanked if weight is minus. Then, in step 14T15 the auto clear flag is cleared.

In step 14T:16, a :1 is loaded into the digit timer, in step 14T17 the recompute flag is set and the verify mode flag is cleared. Operation then loops back to step 14P16 to check for another key.

be erroneous and consequently should not be accepted. Therefore, operation will jump to step 14T16. However, if the motion flag is not set, the digit timer is checked to determine if it was still running. If the digit timer is still running this indicates that the tare key was 5 depressed in sufficient time that it may be accepted as a keyboard tare. Therefore, operation jumps to step 14S21 in which the price register is examined to determine whether its digits are all zeroes. If a non-zero digit is found in the price register then a keyboard tare must 10 --------------------be intended and operation jumps to step 14Tl. How-. ever, if the price register contains all zeroes, a determination is made in step 14S22 whether the weight is greater than or equal to 10 increments. If the weight is greater than or equal to 10 scale increments, operation 15 jumps to step 14T16. However, if it is not greater than 10 increments a tare entry is erroneous and operation loops back to step 14A5.

Referring back to step 14817, if the digit timer was not still running, an examination is made at step 14S18 20 of the net flag to determine if the weighing scale is in the net mode. If it is already in the net mode, the tare key depression should be ignored and operation jumps to step 14T1l6. However, if it is not in the net mode then the manual tare flag is set at step 14S19 and operation 25 jumps to step 14T14.

Step lliT! is entered from step 14S21 because it. appears that a keyboard tare was intended. The zero increment flag is examined in step 14Tl to determine whether the scale is within the auto zero increment. If it 30 is not, operation jumps to step :14TI6. However, if it is an examination is made to determine whether the weighing scale is in the net mode at step 14T2. If it is already in the net mode no further tare weight should be entered and operation jumps to step 14T16. However, if 35 it is not in the net mode, a determination is made in step 14T2 whether a keyboard tare is permitted.

If a keyboard tare is not permitted then operation jumps to step 14T16. However, if keyboard tare is permitted then operation advances to step 14T4 in which 40 the find scale capacity operation XXV is performed. The returned data is then used to check the keyboard tare weight which is entered, initially in the price register, to determine if it is in a format acceptable as a tare weight. Therefore, if a 15 kilogram scale is selected, 45 then in step 14T8 the least significant digit of the price must be a 0 or a 5. If it is not a 0 or a 5, the digits are merely left in the price register and operation jumps to step 14T16. If, however, the least significant digit is a 0 or a 5 and therefore is acceptable operation advances to 50 step 14TH.

If the 30 lb. scale is selected then operation advances directly from step 14T6 to step 14TH in which the price register is examined to determine whether there are 4 or fewer digits. If there are more than 4 digits then 55 there are too many and the data in the price register cannot be accepted as tare weight data and therefore operation jumps to step 14T16. However, if there are 4 or fewer digits, then in step 14T!!2, the data in the price register is examined to determine whether it is less than 60 the scale weight capacity. If it is not, it cannot be accepted as a tare weight and therefore operation jumps to step Jl4T16. However, ifit is less than the scale capacity, operation advances to step 14TJl3 in which the data in the price register is moved to the tare register and the 65 tare done and net flags are set. Operation then advances to step 14T14 in which the price register, factor flag and digit timer are cleared. Additionally, in step 114T14 the

APPENDIX
LABEL OPERATION
224 ADD Add
510 ADDC Add Carry to Field
373 ADDC> Link to ADDC
1378 ADRWGT Address Weight
302 ARICL ARI Clear
338 BLANK Blank
490 BLKWT> Blank Out Weight
1005 BLNKWT Blank Out Weight
1104 CKACL> Link to CKACLR
1130 CKACLR Check Auto Clear
1008 CKGAZC Check Gross Auto Zero Correction
1157 CKINC Check Incrementing Auto Clear Flag
1383 CKMIN Check for Our Weight Minus
1929 CKMKBT Check Magnitude of Keyboard Tare
1096 CKNAZC Check Net Auto Zero Correction
1701 CKPRNT Check for Print
1329 CKRCP Check Recompute
620 CKRST Check for Scale Reset
330 CKWSGN Check for Weight Sign
1889 CKOT Check for 0- T Sequence
304 CLEAR Clear Subroutine
1262 CLROFC Clear Out Filter Counter
349 CLRPF Clear Print Flag
324 CLRPR Clear Price Subroutine
293 CLRT Clear Tare Subroutine
162 CMDIG Compare Test Digit with Memory
1335 CMPUT Compute Total Price
1040 CRCTAZ Correct Auto Zero
374 CRTAZ> Link to CRCT AZ
984 CZTIM Clear Zero Key Timer
529 DELAY Delay Subroutine
376 DELAY> Link to DELAY
533 DELYI Label in DELAY
540 DELY2 Label in DELAY
546 DELY3 Label in DELAY
1526 DISPON Turn on Display
493 DL.4MS O.4MS DELAY
1511 DLOOPA Display Loop Label
1518 DLOOPB Display Loop Label
377 DLY.4> Link to DL.4MS
1767 ENTDIG Enter Digit
1963 ENTFCT Enter Factor
1940 ENTKBT Enter Keyboard Tare
1953 FCNDUN Function Key Done
405 FCPTY Find Scale Capacity Subroutine
371 FCPTY> Link to FCPTY
419 FCPTYI Label in FCPTY
424 FCPTY2 Label in FCPTY
431 FCPTY3 Label in FCPTY
1852 FDUN> Link to FCNDUN
1900 FDUN> > Link to FCNDUN
887 FLTWGT Filter Raw Weight
899 FLTWTI Label in FLTWGT
869 INIFLT Initial Filter
1309 ITLKCK . Interlock Check
18 KAF Turn OtT A
1788 KBCMND Keyboard Command
1956 KBDUN Keyboard Operation Done
1748 KBDI Label in KEYBD
568 KBERR Keyboard Error
19 KBF Turn OtT B
1902 KBTARE Keyboard Tare
1758 KCMND> Link to KBCMND
20 KDN Turn on Display
21 KER Keyboard Error
1757 KERR> Link to KBERR
1723 KEYBD Keyboard Routine
1810 KEYBD> Link to KEYBD
22 KLA Load Display Register A
23 KLB Load Display Register B
24 KTR Transfer Keyboard Return 53 4,204,197
54
APPENDIX-continued APPENDIX-continued
LABEL OPERATION LABEL OPERATION
25 KTS Transfer Keyboard Strobe 1853 PiCK Per! Key Check
1920 KT15KG Keyboard Tare 15 KG 5 1618 P300 300 Printer Routine
1925 KT6KG Keyboard Tare 6 KG 1592 P300> Link to P300
1268 LDLMPS LD Lamps for Output 586 RDSWA Label in RDSWS
933 LDPPUK LD Pre-pack or UK Total Price l Lamps 577 RDSWS Read Switches Routine
1334 LMOUT> Link to LMP Out 92 RDSWS> Link to RDSWS
1591 LMPLP> Link to LMPOLP 642 RDWGT Read Weight
1530 LMPOLP Lamp Output Loop 686 RDWGTl Label in RDWGT
1527 LMPOUT Lamp Output Routine 10 569 RESET Scale Reset
891 LSD/2 Raw Weight LSD Divided by 2 1203 RNDBY2 Round Weight by 2's
266 MADDL Multiply Add Loop 1209 RNDBY5 Round Weight by 5's
151 MAGCK Magnitude Check Routine 372 RNDOF> Link to RNDOFF
155 MAGLP Label in MAGCK 505 RNDOFF Round Off Subroutine
438 MAXAZ Test for Maximum Auto Zero Subroutine 1215 RNDWTl Label in Weight Roundoff
253 MDIG Multiplier Digit 15 1218 RNDWT2 Label in Weight Roundoff
1024 MCFTR Multiply Raw Weight by Proper Factor 590 RSLOOP Read Switch Loop
311 MODECK Check for By-Count Mode Subroutine 1704 RSTPR> Link to RSTPTR
96 MOVPR Link toMOVPRX 1720 RSTPTR Reset Printer
447 MOVPRX Move Price Subroutine 235 SDUN Subtract Subroutine Done
75 MOVX Move Register to Register Subroutine 26 SES PPS4 Select Enable Status
378 MOVX> Link to MOVX 20 379 SETRC> Link to SETRCP
107 MOV5 Move 5 Digits Subroutine 608 SETRCP Set Recompute Subroutine
105 MOV5X Specialized Move 5 Digits Subroutine 27 SOS PPS4 Select Output Status
243 MULT Multiply Subroutine 1092 STARE Subtract Tare
276 NDIG Next Digit of Multiplier 987 SUBAZ Subtract Auto-Zero
83 NOKEY No Key Depression 195 SUBL Subtract Loop
1756 NOKEY> Link to NOKEY 25 209 SUBM Subtract Result Minus (Borrow)
1448 NOTOV Not Overvalue 216 SUBML Subtract Result Minus Loop
1219 OUTFLT Output Filter Routine 183 SUBT Subtract Subroutine
1254 OUTFI Label in OUTFLT 1870 TARECK Tare Key Check
1265 OUTF2 Label in OUTFL T 1949 TDUN Tare Done
174 OUTPT> Link to OUTPUT 1315 TDUNCK Tare Done Check
1462 OUTPUT Output Routine 1440 TPBLK Total Price Blank
1425 OVALCK Overvalue Check 30 1332 TPCLR Total Price Clear
1390 OW>ARI Output Weight to the ARI Register 358 TPRDS Total Price Round Off Digit Research
1681 PARITY Parity Formulation Return 748 T2CNVT T2 Count Convert
1968 PBCCK Price By-Count Check 690 T2LOOP T2 Counting Loop
1978 PBCI Label in PBCCK 804 T3CNVT T3 Count Convert
1984 PBC2 Label in PBCCK 719 T3LOOP T3 Counting Loop
1986 PBC3 Label in PBCCK 35 911 UDFWT Update Filtered Weight
1658 POUT Printer Output 458 UDOWT Update Output Weight Subroutine
1992 POUT> Link to POUT 375 UDOWT> Link to UDOWT
1668 POUTLP Printer Output Loop 483 UDOWTl Label in UDOWT
1865 PRNCK Check for Print Command Key 1381 UDTPXF Update with Price Times Factor
1551 PRNTR Printer Routine 1192 UDZLF Update Zero Lamp Flag
847 PROCWT Process Weight 40 1796 VFYCK Verify Key Check
1346 PRXFCT Price Times Factor 957 XIOCLR Times 10 Routine Clear
1404 PRXWGT Price Times Weight 945 XIOEXP Times 10 Expand
1578 PTYPE Printer Type Check 961 ZCAPT Zero Capture Check
1863 Pi Per i Key 1163 ZLAMP Zero Lamp Routine
1841 PiCK Per i Key Check 1814 lCK> Link to PiCK ADDI{ rUDE AR'G ST'lJ SlMI
1 _. tl203 OC:S CALCULA11.J~ uPTlllN S~llCrl ASSI(;~MEr~ IS .-
2 • ".'1E i)!;FII'jt:S [JN CulllDITluN
"\ .. SP1-1: .1.1.20 INCkEM!;"'T I'RINT Ii\lHIIHT
II • "c!: NOT USE.D
5 • -3: s OlGIT TuTAI.. P~Il:E E.1IIAtH.t:
b .. -'II Kf:. YfjUAfoIl) TA~E E,I'jAtlI..E
7 • -51 10 INC~f:.MENT AUrU CLk I: I'tAALE
8 .. ~b: 5 DIGIT UNIT !'WICt ENAtlLE
9 .. -7: ''luT uSED
10 * SP2·1: TAkE MANOA 1 iJlH t::NAIKE.
11 • -i:!: b KG CAPACITY ENAtil..E
12 * -5: 500 PRl;nE.~ E"<ArjLE
13 * ""I 'lANOATUHY PRICf:./UNlT i:';NASLt.
111 • .. 51 U"IITEO ,,11'1(;00'" ENAtlLE.
15 * -b: 30 loti CAPACITY ENAI:II.E.
16 * "7: TlI~ES 10 EXPAIIIO I:NABL.E.
17 ."'*"'- ****11
:JOFB 18 I(AF EQX Ftl
OOF7 19 "-dF EIJX F7
oon i:!O 0(0-" Ewl( F~
OUr b cl o(Erl EQX Fb
OO~E 22 <L.A EiIIl( FE. 4,204,197 56
55
OoFn 23 <I.B HI X FD
i.lOl'C 24 qR EJX FC
O!)FA 25 QS ~'l'( FA
00'10 2b ~E.S E;~ ~ 110
00111 27 SJS ElJX III
28 URG OCO
OOCO Ff: 0000 29 >00 PTR . #00 MOTlUN fl.AG
OOCl FE Ooot SO >01 PTR 1101 l GRAD ~l.l\b
OOC2 FLl OO()2 51 >02 Ph( #02 TARE LlONE: fLAG
OUC3 F't! 000'1 32 >0'1 PTR 11104 o rcr r TIMEH
00(;4 F6 0009 53 >09 PTR 1109 flESLlLT PHi Fmi MOVX
00C5 ED ')012 3'1 >12 PTi'I #12 N~T FLAb
OOCb EC OOB :S~ >1:S PTR 1115 PE.H 112 FLAG
00C7 E~ 00 lA 5b >lA P Ti'I lilA ARI LSD
ooca Dt:: 0021 57 >21 PTR 1121 lERO !.AMP, wGl-ARI
OCC9 Db 002? 38 >29 PTR 1129 .-IliT SIGt.
OllCA CC OO.H 39 >H PTR liB AUTO Cl,R Fl.AG
OIlCS Bl 001.18 ''0 >'16 PHi #'18 PREPAK,L KEY,AZ INH,X10
OOCC AM OOS7 "1 >57 PTR #57 RECUMPUTE Fl.AG
uOCD 90 (JOb9 42 >b9 PTR #09 PRICE MtiD
Ooct:. 91 o 'JbE IB >bE. PTR tlbE. LlUT w.GT SIGN
UOC.f 85 QO/A Ll4 >7A PTR InA TEMI-' LSl>
4<;
41> LlRG 0(1)
(JUDO Fe; utrC "f >1>10'1)1 PHi MOVX>
OULl1 02 0102 48 >MOv5X PTR ML!V5X
OOD2 0'1 (11 Oil £19 >MDV5 PHi MOv5
0003 40 01'10 50 >SUIH PTR SUB!
UO()II 79 01f9 ''it >'1Ul.T PTR t·IUl. T
0005 20 01c!b 52 >MAGCI\ PHI MAGCK
UllLlb iH olin :'3 >ARICL. I-'TR AflICL
lillO' !:I:; 01B5 54 >CL,t:.Ao< pr~ Cl.EAR
O(lD8 A9 OtA9 ~5 >Cl.RT PT~ Cl.RI
OoD9 eu Oleo 5& >Cl.~Pi'I PTR e;l.Rfo'H
OODA CE OlCE ';,7 >8L.ANI\ PTK SL.ANI<
OOOB DE alDE 58 >TPROS PTR TPRDS
OOoC EI:: OlEE ';,9 >F c"'n PTR FePIY>
O(;DO 170 011'0 &0 >RI>JDDF PTR RNour>
OOOE F'2 OH2 b1 >ADDC PTR AOO(;)
OOOF' Fo 01fb 62 >UDJwl I-'TR \,IDu"T>
ooEo FI:! OH8 &5 >DEL.AY PTR DE.l.AY>
ooEl 4(; Ol'lC &4 >SU!:IL. PTR SUBL.
0()E2 FA 01FA b5 >DI,.Y,II PTR DL.Vo4>
00E3 OU 0100 bh >MUVPR PTR f'lOVPR
OuEIl SA OlBA 67 >f'lDDE PTR MUOECI<
00E5 FE I) 1 FE 68 >SETRC PTR SI:.TRC>
UOEb FII o 11" 4 &9 >CRIAL PTR CRUZ>
ooEr .sL> 01,SO 70 >OUTP> PTR OUTPT>
11 '" MJV)( SUBHUUTINE - MOVEti OlGS FROM ADOR UP TUI::N[)
72 '" TO CAL.L.I R~II11SUURCE BM
73 '" t!l.=St.lURC~ AND OEST BL (L.SD)
7'1 II' A=DE.STlIltA TIUN liM
00E8 lS 75 '10VX I.XA DEST BM>X
00E9 37 0 1& LD L.D DATA wHO
OOEA 16 77 XIH1,l( DEsr BM>BM,SOURCE BM>X
OOEB 3F 0 18 E.X IAIRl TE. DA TA wRD
OOEC 18 79 XB"1X SOURCE BM)BM,DEST BI11>X
OOEO 17 . 80 I"lCI:I INC Bl., SKIP IF 0
ouEE. 4.9 00E9 81 T MOVX+1 Bl. NOT 0
ooEF 05 82 RTiI! RETuWN
OOFO 70 \lOOF 65 NOKEV L.OI 15
OOF! 2F 0 64 EXD KEY 3TS>A,lS)KEY STB
OoF2 IE 85 Sl<l SKIP IF STHUBE 0
OOFl BA OOFA 80 T RDSIIIS>
OoFII 16 0004 87 L.DI II 4>11
001'5 oc 88 ELJR E.X .. OR ~lTH KE. Y RTN
UOFb 1L 69 SKZ SKIP 11' VEHIFY l.AST
oon SA OOl'A 90 T ROS~S>
OOFS 5017 0017 91 TL. RDSwS"2 CbR PRICE H VEfilFV l.ASl
ooFA 5019 0019 92 RDSwS> TL. ROSwS
93
94 ORG 100
95 II' MJ"PR SJB~GUTINE D MOVES IJNIT PRICE TO REG 7A-7E
0100 5239 0239 9b MLlVPR TL. MUVPRX 57 4,204,197
58
9" • MOVS SUSRUUTIt-jE • MOVES S DIGS INOEPENDENT Uf AI)DR
98 • TU CAL.L.: BM=SIlURCE tiM
99 • BL.=SOURCE BL. ("150)
100 • X=DESl INAl ION BM
101 • A=DEST!NA11QN BL (MSD)
102 • UN RI:TURN bTH DIG IS l~ A AND tI UK FOR "EX"
10.5 **** '1AY tiE CAL.LEO FROM MAIN PROGRAM ONLY .***
104 * .. OV5X DIFFERS ONLY IN DEFAULT DEST 6L=15
0102 lti 105 '10V5X L.XA A>X,DEST FlM !lII A
01U3 7U OOOF lOb 1.01 15 DEST 1i1.=1'
0104 2b 107 '1UV5 RFI I'CESt:T fl.G I
0105 Ob 108 X5 Exert SA AND sa
010b bF 109 CVS SA*DF.ST BI.1111,A*1
010( 37 0 110 1..0 L.D DATA wRO N
0108 IF 111 DECB DEC BI.
010Y 8A 010A 112 1 *+1
010A bF 113 evs SA.DATN/DEST SL.11,A*?
OlOti 31 0 114 L.O L.D DATA I'lRD N"l
01UC 1F 11S DECI:i DEC BI.
010D 81:. OIOE 11& T *+1
OloE bF 117 C;VS SA*DATN-l.0ATN.DEST BL.,A*?
010F H 0 118 LD L.O DATA !'IRD N92
,0110 IF 119 IJECR DEC 81.
0111 92 0112 120 T *+1
0112 bF 121 CYS
122 • SA*DAlN-Z/DATN-I/DATN,A*DEST BL
0113 19 123 XlBL DEST BL.)BL,~OURCE BDA
0114 18 124 XoMX DESl 6M>BM,SOURCE BM)X
0115 &F 125 CYS
12b '" ShSRCE BI./DATN-2/DATN-t,A*DATN
011b 2F 0 127 lXD WRITE DATA wRD N,DEC BL
11117 98 0118 128 T *+1
0118 bF 129 CYS SA*?/SRCE 8L/DATN.2,A*DATN-1
11119 2f 0 130 EXD wRITE DATA ~RD N.1,D~C B~
011A 9t1 011B 131 T *+1
0118 bF 132 CYS SA*?11ISRCE BL,A*DATN-2
011C 1& 135 S~Fl S~IP IN FL~ 1, PASS 2
0110 AO 0120 13'1 T *+.i PASS 1
IIl1E ue U5 XS RESTORE SA FOR RETURN
01H 05 U& RTili RETURN
11120 2F 0 D7 EXO ~RITt DATA WRD N.2,D~C tiL
0121 bF 138 cvs SA*?1111,A*SRCE aL
0122 19 119 XABL SOURCE tlL.>tlL.,DEST tlL.)A
11123 18 1110 XBMX SOURCE tlM>BM,DEST BM)X
0124 22 I'll SFt S~T FLG 1,PASS 2
0125 8b 010b 142 T MOV~+2
143 • ~AGCK suaROUTINE • CHECKS fIELD fOR .LE. TEST DIG
lqq .. TU CAL.LI BM.FltI.D 8M
1 'IS, * 8L~COUNTER DOWN TO TEST P()INt
14& '" AcTEST DIGlT
1'17 .. UN RETURN:
148 • IF AL.L OS FUUNDIC=0,A.15,NO SKIP
1119 .. IF ~tH.L.e..lESTI C.O,A=~IFFERENCE,NO SKIP
1~0 • IF HEM,GT.TESTI C.l,SKI~S NtXT INSTR ON HTII!
1112b 1d 151 '1AGCK LXl TEST OlG>X
1I1Z7 70 OOOf 152 L.OI 15 F lEI,;O tHo
012b 19 1S.i UBL CJUNTER>A,l~)tlL
0129 2'1 154 RC
012A bO OOOF 155 I1AGLP ADI 15 DEC CJUNTER,S~IP ON C
0126 O~ l!lb RTN NO C,C=O,A=lS,RETURN
1112[; 3F 0 157 EX MEM DIG>A,CNTR)MEM
11120 It:: 158 SKZ SKIP IF DIG'O
012E ttl OU1 159 T CMI>1G NOT O,CUMPA~l DIGS
012F 2F 0 1bO EXD CNTR)A,MEM DIG>MEM,DEC I:IL.
01.i0 AA 012A 1.bl T MAGLP LOOP
0131 3F 0 1b2 CMDIG EX CNTR)A,MEM DIG>MEM
0132 00 OOOF lb3 ADl 15 DEC CNTk,SKIP ON C
01B Bb OUb lb'l T *+,S CNTR 0,00 COMPARISON
OU4 20 lb, SC SET C FOR RTN
Ol.i~ Of lbb MT .~SK TJO EAR~y,C=1,A=1
013E> 12 lb7 LAX TES r DIG>A
OU7 Of lb8 CJMP CUM lEST DIG
OlJS Otl 109 AD ADD MEM OlIO
0159 OE 170 C)MP CJM ~I:.S TO ~DRM PUS DIFF
DnA' 15 111 SKC SKIP ON C,MEM DIG.GT.TEST uUB Ullt U131)

Ull1e U1'11 Ul'12 U1'13 Ul114 01'15 U1'1& U1'17 U148 01119 Ul'1A U148 Ul'1C Ul110 U14£ U1'1f 1115u 0151 U152 0153 0154 U155 015& U157 U158 0159 015A U15C 0150 otSE 015f 01bO 01&1 Ul&2 01&3 U1&1I 01&5 01&& Oib7 01&8 01&9 Ul&A 01'B Ul&C 01&0 01&E 01&F 011u 0171 0112 0113 01"14 0175 017 7 01 7t1

0179 017A U171S 017C

O~ U/ 5~AE

7& 19 1~ 37 13 3F 37 i e. OC 1/ II::

AA 2u 37 of 18 08 &~ 1.S 3F 18 17 8Ll 15 9A 85

OOF& 31 oE 3F 11 20 1F 3F OE Otl &5 3F 1 7 A~ B5 2'1 37 &9 18 Uti &5 13 3F 18 17 AS

ouFb 37 O!l

OSAE

0009

01&A

01'10

015A 0175 0009

o

0000 o

o 01&2 0175

o 000&

(HbR 0009 e

7F 13 3F 1 i

0000 o

o

59 112 17.S 174 175 17b 117 178 179

'180 161 182 163 18'1 165 16b 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 19'1 195 19& 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 20'1 205 20b 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 21'1 215 21& 217 21B 219 2~0 2~1 222 223 224 22'i 22& U.7 228 229 250 251 2:i2 233 2311 235 2l& 237 238 239 2'10 241 242 2113 24'1 ~II5 2'1b

4,204,197

60

o o

o

o

o

o

RT~ RT,\jSI(

JUTPT> fL.

RETUR~,M[M OIG.L.~.TEST DIG RETUR~,M[M ~lG.GT.TfST DIG uUTPUT OUTPUT ROUTINE L.INK

OiolG 140

* SuBT SUBRUUTINE ~ SUtlTRACTS 2 FltL.DS ~ITH SIGNS * lflj tlL. AODR 9, DATA l~ BL. AOOR 10.l!1(A-F)

* 1u CALL.I BM=MI~uENO BM

• BL.=SUtsTRAHEND 8M

* UN RETURN RESUL.T SIGN IS IN A, ~ AODHESSES

* RESUL.T SIGN, RESIJLt I~ KAM 09 tHRU OF

SUST LOI 9 MINUEND SIGN ADDR>A

XASL MND SGN ADOR)SL,SSTRNO B~>A

L.XA SBTRND SM>X

LO LD MND SG~

SAG ADDR ~~SULT

EX wRITE TU RESUL.T SGN

I.:> I.D !liND SGN

XBMX SBTRND ~M>8M,MND BM)X

EOR EX-uR SIGNS

INCB INC BL.

SKZ SKIP If SIGNS SAME

T ADD SIGNS DIFFERENT

SUBL. SC SET C TO START

LD I.D S8THND DIG

CUMP COM IT

XBMX MND BM>BM,SBTRND SH>X

ADCSK ADD MNO DI~+C,SKIP ON C

DC NU C,OECIMAL. CURRECT

SAG ADDR RESULT

EX WRITE TO RESUL.T

XBMX S6THND bM)BM,MND BM>X

INca INC BI.~SKIP IF 0

T SUBL+1 NOT O,I.UOP

SKC SKIP IF NU tlURROw

T SUSM BURROW

T SDUN DUNE

SUB~ I.BL. .09 ADDR RESUL.T SIGN

L.D 1.0 RESULT SIGN

CQ'1'" CuM IT'

EX UPDATE IT

INCB INC BI.

SC 105 CUM L.SD

LDI 0 O>A

SUB'1L. EX RESULT DIG>A,O>RESULT

caMP COM DIG

ADCSI( ADD DIG COM+OtC,SKIP uN C

DC NO C,DtCIMAL. CORRECT

E~ RESULT OIG)RlSUL1,O>A

I~Cij iNC 1SL.,SK1'" IF 0

T SUSML. NJT ~,LUOP

T SOWN DUNE

AOD Re RESET C TD START

LD LD ADDEND DIG

AOI & EXCESS &

XB'1X MND B~>BM,AONO BM>X

ADCSK ADO "NO+C,SKIP UN C

DC NO C,OlCI~AL. CORRECl

SAG AODR ~ESUL.T

EX wRITE TU RESUL.T

XBMX ADND ~M>BM,MND BM>X

INca INC BL.,SKIP IF 0

T AOO+1 NuT O,LUU~

SOU~ L.tlL #09 ADOR RESULT SGN

I.D LD RESUL.T SGN

RTN RETURN

• MULT SUBRuurlNE ~ MULTIPLltS MULTIPL.ICAND SY ARI * WIT~ BL ADDR OF 10~15(A.F)

* TO CALLI ~M=MUL.TIPL.ICAND BM

* 8L=S

* UN ~ET~RN B ADDRESSES ~ESUL' LSD (05)

~UL.T LOI 0 O>A

SAG ADD~ RESULT

EX CLR RtSU~T

INca INC BL.,SKIP IF 0

0170 OHE

0180 0181 U162 0183 01611 0165 016& 0187 0168 0169 016A 0161:1 018t 0181) 01SE 016F 01110 01111 0192 () 1 9.'S 01911 0195 0111b 0197 1)198 0199 019A 0191:1 0190 019L 01iiF OlAv 01Al 01A2 U1A3 O1AII 01A5 01A& 0147 01A6

01AII 01A8 01A(; 01AO OlAE OlAF 0180 Oi8t

01tH

011:15 01db 011:17 U186 01S9

01tU 01S1:1 Oll:lt 01dl) 01iH. 018F

" 11:1

7E lA 18 19 'H &0 99 3F 18 75 19 11:1 211 51 b9 i s 08 &5 13 3F 17 6F 6~ 1/ 'It.

OOF~ 05 70 19 16 11:1 7F 13 .sF 1F llil A~ 82

ooPe 7F 21:. 7F 31:. 7F lF

OOAu.

OOEb

0179 01RO

OOOA

0001

o !lOOF 0199 o

OOOA

o 000&

018F 0162

Ol9E OOOA

OOOf

0(100

O(IU.II 01A5 0182

11001 000·0

1 0000 1 (lUOO o 00'j9

0019

1F 3f 11 8!) 05

0000 o

011:15

o

61 247 246 2'19 250 251 252 253 2!>1I 25; 25& 2!>1 258 259 2&0 2&1 2&2 2&1 2bll 2b5 2&b 2b7 2&8 2&9 210 271 212 271 2711 27, i!.7b 271 278 219 260 281 282 265 2611 26, 26b 287 2S8 289 29.0 291 2'12 2H 29" 295 29f.1 291 298 299 3ao 301 502 30.s 504 305 30b 307 .soa 309 510 311 512 313 3111 515 31b 517 318 319 320 HI

4,204,197

62

Ct3 1U OU IE 05 0/

00C8 0002

o

T n,

NUl O,LUUF'

MUL.T U80

URto 160

LDl 10 ARI HI.

LXA l~IT X ~ITH ARI 8L-l0

LUI A~I 8M

XAX ARI 8L>A,ARI BM>X

XBMX A~l t:lM)BM,MPtNO t:lM)X

XASL ARI BL>I:IL.

LD LD MULTIPLll:.R DIG

ADI 15 DEC bY I,SKIP UN C

T ~DI~ DIG WAS O,AOV TU NXT MPR DIG

EX UPDAT~ MULTIPLIER DI&

X8MX MPtND ~M>BM

LDI 10 MPC~D BL

XA~L ARI BL>A,M~CND BL)HL

LXA A~I BL)X

RC RESET C TU START ADO ~OUP

LD LD MPCND DI~

A~l & EXCESS b

SAto ADOR RI:.SULT

ADCSK ADD PARTIAL RES+C,SKIP U~ C

DC ~o C,~I:.CIMA~ tuRRECT

SAG AOOR RtSU~l

EX UPDATE PARTIAL RESULT

INC~ l~t MPtND SL,SKI~ IF 0

T MAD~L NJT O,LUOP

T MUlto BL O,G~I MULTIPLIER DIG

I~tl:l INC A~l BL,SKIP IF 0

T •• 4 NuT 0 SHIFT R~SULl

LBL #OA AODR ~ESULT & DIG MSD

RTN RETUR~

LOI 1~ RESULT MSD

XABL ARI BL>A,RtS MSO>BL

XBMX MPC~O BM)BM

LXA ARI BL)X

LDI 0 O>A TJ CL~AR RESULt MSD

SAto ADDK RtSULT

EX DIG N>RES,DIG ~.I>A

DECH DEC S~

SKBl II SKIP I~ BLa4

T .-4 BL ~OT 4,LUUP

T ~DI~ SHIFT DUN~,G~T NEXT MPR DI~

SUBRUUTINE • CL~ARS TARt R~to,TARE DUNE FLAG, FLAto,MANUAL TAR~ FLAto

LI:IL l1li01

LOI 0

EX!) 1

LDI 0

EX 1

LDI 0

EX CLR TARE OONt FLAG

LSL *59 ADD~ TARE

SUBROUTINE· CLEARS ARl REG FRUM 19 THRU iF

L8L *19 AOD~ ARI

SJBRUUTINt. - CLEARS RE~ FROM AOOR UP T~ END

LOI 0

EX O>M~M Dl~

I~CB I~C HL,SKIP IF 0

T CLEAR ~OT O,LUOP

RTN RETUR~

* M~OECK SUBROUTINE. CHECKS FOR ~Y COUNT

* MODE IN KEYBD PER 1/2 AND tIll KEY SECTIO~

~QDECK LB >"8

LDI 2

A~D

SKl

RTiII

RT!'ojSK

11DIto

"ADDL

* Cl.RT * NET CLRT

CLR MANUAL TARE FLAG

CLR NET ~LAG

* A~ICL ARICL

* CLEAR tLI:.AR

2)A

,AND,WITH BY CUUNT SKIP IF BY COU~T ~URMAL· UR PRE.PAK BY COUNT

ORG lCO

* CLRPR SUI:IROUTINE • CLEARS PRICE R~G,PlR 1/2,1/11, * FCTR DDNE FLAGS,OIGIT TIM~R. CLEARS TOTAL PRICE * IF UUT ~toT PLU3,BLANKS TOTA~ PRIt~ IF MINUS,

oleo 01e1 01e2 01C3 01C4 01es (llCI III C8 01C9 OlCA 01e( 01CO

U1CE olCF 0100 0101 ul02 UllH 0104 0105 0100 01D7 01D8 0109 0101'3 010(; 11100

010E. Olt.O 011:.1 OlE2 01E4 01E5 01E7 01E8 01E9 OlEA 01E~ 01Ee OlEO 01EE. OlFO 01F2 01 FII 01Fb 01F8 01FA otFe U1FE.

U~OU 0201 0202 U203 02011 02(l5 020b 0207 0208 0209 020A 0208 020e 0200 020E

C.s 7F 21:. 07 eLl

Oleo CE 71 oe

0091'3 lE. 7F

70 10 2F 93 99 12 t.l9 97 99 t.l4 90

0008 7F 3F O~

OOBA 37 lt1 008C 37

ouF6 1E if 12 lE IF 11 us

5211 S27'1 5278 53EF 52110 52BO 52&7 50E6 503e

cues 0000

1 0007 ooeD Oleo OUCE OOOE

00&4

0000

OOOF

o 0103 0109

0009 0107 0109 0004 0100 0027 0000

o

OOH o 0007

0211 0274 0278 il3EF 02110 0280 02b7 00E8 003C

77 7F 7F 71 7F 7f f7 7F 7f 77 77 7f 71 'TF 7F

0008 0000 0000 0008 0000 00v8 0008 0000 0000 00(18 00 (J8 000(1 0008 0000 000t)

63 522 3.23 324 325 32& 521 528 H9 BO Hl 5H jH 534 H5 Ho 317 H8 339 340 3t.11 342 5t.13 34t! 3115 3110 3t.17 3118 3'19 550 351 352 353 3St! 3S5 35& 357 358 559 .soO 3&1 302 3b3 3&4 3b5 3bb 3&7 5bB 5b9 370 371 372 373 374 315 57b 377 378 319 380 3tH 582 3tH 5811 385 ~Bb 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 .Ht! 395 Hb

CLEA~S VERIFV lEST IN ~RU~E.SS ~LAG

A~SQ CL~ARS ARI REG ****

1.8 >011

I.Dl 0

EXO 1 CI.R DIGIT TIMER

T~ >CI.~A~ CI.R FCTR,vFY FLAGS,ARI

La >b9

TMI. BI.ANK-l CLR PRl~E

~K~SGN LB )bE

I.Dl It!

EJR

I. tiL

SI(.!

LOI 0

* BI.ANK SuBRUUTINE. ~ * 8UTTUM uR DOwN TU

BLANK I.Dl 1~ L.)(A

EXD

T

1 LU St<Bl 'I

T *+2

T CL.Rt>F

SK8I t.I SKIP IF BI.a4

T BLANK+2 NOT 4,1.00P

Ldl. *27

1.01 0

EX CLR PRINT CUMMAND

RTN RETURN

* TPROS SuBROUTINE· SETS B ADOR TU CURRl~T DIGIT * FOR TOTAL. PRICE INITIAL RUUND OfF IN RlSULT

* TPRDS· TOTAL PRICE RUUND UFF DIGIT SEARCH

* JN RlT~RNa R~UND OFF DIGIT 8~ IS IN A

* B A~DR IS LUADED fOR RNDOFF

TPROS LBI. *'15 L.O

I.XA L.BI. L.D L.BI. SK.! oECS

L.AX

StU

DECS

L.ABL

RT"l TI. H. H. TL. ll. n. TL. TL. n,

*

CL.RPF

"CPTV> Rt.lDJF> AoOC> CRTAZ> \JDU,ojl> L>EL.A Y> ilI.V.4) "UVX> SETRC>

ORG L.OI L.DI LPl LoI LJl L.OI I.Dl LLlI Lt.ll LOI 1.l>1 LDI l.iJI L:.>1 I.:H

4,204,197

*+2 CL.R?F

*113

*07

FCPTY RNDUFF AODC CRCTAl UDOWT DELAY DL,t!MS MUI/X SETRep

200 8

o

o

8

o

6

8

o

o

6

6

o

8

'0 o

64

It!>A

tX-JR ~ITH OUT wGI SIGN ADDR rUTAL PRICE "SD

SKIP IF UUT WGT SIG~ MINUS PLUS,I.O 0 TO eLM TOTAL PRIet

8L.ANt<S REG FRUM ADDN OOw~ IJ 81. AODR OF '3

o OR 1~>X

lS>"t" DIG,DE.C BL,SKIP IF 1~ NOT lS

o UR t~>A SKIP IF BL:S9

UK SCALE Et-tS>A A>X

1.0 30~B SCALE ENS

AODR NO~-UK METRIC ROUND OFf SKIP iF NOT 30L.d SCALE

ADOR ~O~·UK I.B ROUND OFf ~E.I.D UK SCAL~ ~NB

SKIP If NUT UK SCALE

AODR UK METRIC DR L8 RND OFf FIN"l. BL>A

RETuRN

FCPTY SUBNUUTl~E LI~K R~DOFf SUBRUUTINE l.INK AODC SUSROUrlNl LINK CRCTA.! SUBRUUTINE 1.1~K UDOwT SU.BRUUTlNE LINK DEL.AY SUB~UUTINE LINK DL,IIMS SUBRUU1INl LINt< MOVX SUBROUTINE LINK SET~CP SUBRQUTINE LINK

DlG 0 PA~llY DIG 1

DIG 2

DIG 3

DIG 4

DIG 5

DIG b

DIG 7

~IG 8

DIG 9

DIG 10

WIG 11

UIG 12

01 G 1 S

DIG 1t!

O~OF

0211 021~ 0213 0~1" U~l& 0~1f 021tJ 0219 021A 021d 021C 0210 0~1E. o 21F' 0220 0221 0222 0223 0224 0225 02~b 0227 0226 0229 u UA o a 1:1 oac 0220 022F

0~30 u231 02~2 UO!H U2.54 023~ lJi.!~u 0231 \1238 0239 02H 023i:l 023(; U25()

02110 0242 02113 02411 Oi.!"~ U24& 02'1' 0248 U2119 U2t1A 02l1t! U24D U2l1E

Db 2c 20

OOB(; 37 It:

AU 2'1 17 37 11::

Au 2u 2b 1,

A5 1& 1A lC 79 11:1 1:' AC IE> 7A 7E 71)

ouE.~ O~

Ie D~ 011 O~ 7b 19 7t1 DO 07 CO 18 11:1 71

S1011

OODA 14 1 7 IF 22 D~ 2b cq

70 01:1

UllDo III 1F

(JbAt

OODb

0043 o

0220

0220

0225

U005 000:\ OOOb

022C

0005 0001 00U2 001A

OOO~ uOLJ5 02 S4

0009

000(1 0000

OOCD 0007

OOOE 010(1

0025

0000

0005

00C9 OOOF

002F

a

65 .597 .598 399 400 lIOI lI02 403 404 lI05 lIOb 407 lI08 409 lIl0 411 lI12 lI13 414 415 lIlb '117 418 419 lI20 4cl 422 423 424 425 42b 427 426 lI29 430 4.51 lI32 433 tl3l1 1135 43b 437 lIoSS 1B9 1140 4'11 tl42 443 444 445 Il'lb till 7 tl4S 449 4~0 451 452 4)5 454 455 45b 451 4!:iB 459 IIbO 4&1 4&2 4&3 IIb4 4&5 4&b 4&1 4&6 4&9 470

TL PAHITY

* FCPTY S~i:lkJUTlNt: • SETS FLG1,C,A,X ACCUHDING * TU SCALE CAPACITY, THE A~I REG IS CLEAkFD.

* F~Gl ~ kES~T IF l~KG ~CAL~

* C - HESET IF 6KG SCALl

* A - 10 GWADUATID~ DIGIT

* ~ ~ CAPACITY DIGIT

* ~ • ADDRESSES ARI LSD(lA)

Fcprv T~ )AHIC~ SFl

SC

LtiL

LfJ

SKl T He I'4CB

LoD

SI(Z T SI; kF 1

FCPTn SKC

T SKF1 LDI LDI

FCPTY2 LOl LXA SKI:

T SI(F1

LDI 5

LDI 1

FCPTY3 LDI 2

1.8L #IA

RT~ RETUR~

* M4XAl SUBHOUTINE ~ CHECKS THAT ~~T UR AUTO ZEKJ * CORRECTIUN RESULT IS LESS THAN 000"00 CNTS. UN * E~THY B IS SET TO 24(~GT) OR 04(RESULT). IF

* AUTO ZERJ IS UPDATED A R~TUHN AND SKIP OCCURS.

~AXAl ~Ol 3

T~ )MAGCK

r *+2

RT"

~iH

XAoL

L.Ol T~ RT~SK

~llVPHX LJi LDl ~XA LDI TL

4,204,197

FCPfYl

FI:P1Yl

FCPIY2

5 3 b

FCPTY.5

)MUVX

>b9 7

11.1 MOVS

66

ASSUME NUT 15KG ASSUME NUT hKG

L.D ~OLb SCAL.l ~NB

SKIP IF NUT 30LB SCAL~ 30LtI SCAU

NuT jOL~,ASSUME bKG

LD &KG SCALE ENS

SKIP IF NOT bKG SCALE &I\G SCALE

NJT 6KG

15KG

SI(IP If Nor bKG bKG

SKIP IF NOT 15KG 15KG

SOL6

bKG

CAPACITY DIGIT)X SKIP 11- "'UT bKG bKG

SKIP NOl lSKG 15KG

30Lti

bKlO

CI( fO~.~E.3XX,WGT UR RES f~D ,LE.3)(X krN

.Gt.3XX Hr~,uvER,RETU~'I

Ai)DR ... (;;T Ok RESUL.T SIGf.O

MJVE ~Gl UR RlS TJ AuT~ lEk~ UPDATE OUNt:,RETURN AND SKIP

U"G 240

* UDU~T SUdROUTI~E - MOVES ~GT S MSDS AND wGI SIG~ * TO UUT ~GT. BLANKS UUT ~GT I~ SIGN MI~US ANO

* HAvE ~JN~O DIGIT IN MSD. ENSURES THAT SIGN PLU5

* IF UJT ~GT 15 0,

J~U~l LBL. *25

SI(F2 SKIP NUT x10 EXP

1 '1Cd

LDI 0

SFl

T~ >MA~CK CK FD~ ALL OS l~ FINAL ~Gr

RFl AL.L OS RETURN,RESET FLGI

LB )29

LDX 15 1~>A ru DEC I'IGT SIGN

AD ~GT SIGN>15:PL.US,14tMINUS

LBL 112f-

S~f2 SKIP ~UT Xl0 EXP

DECt:I

U24F 0250 0251 025i:! 0253 0254 0255 025b 0258 0259 025A 0258 025C 02sE U25F 02bO 02b1 021>2 021>3 02b5

02b1 02b9 02bA 02btl 02bC Oi:!bO 02bE 02bF U270 0271 0273

0274 U275 0276 0217

0278 0279 027A 027t; 027(, 0270 U27E

0280 0262 0283 02811 0285 0286 02!!7 0269 0268 028C U26D 02tlE. U28F 029U 0291 0292 U293

11, 10 3F 1E. 95 9C 3F

006F H 15 1E AS

0000 111 1F 79 It; 71

510'1 53C9

1C41 C4 7F :Sf 11 7F 3F 7e EO

OOF2 05

O()F6 3F 1tl 3F 60 BE

OOF3 521Hl 11 89 85 1"2 60 91.i 1tl 73 85

OOOF o

0255 025C o 001.i0 o

02b:, 002F

OOOb

OUOE 0104 03C9

0041 OOCIi 0000

o

0000

o 0003 001;:0 0000

74 OB 7F tlB

OOOB

0000 027[1

a

67 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 4BO 461 482 483 484 485 41:1b 1181 1188 1189 4'10 491 492 493 494 1195 496 497 1198 1199 500 501 502 503 504 505 SOb 507 506 509 510 511 512 5B 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 5211 525 526 527 528 529 5:S0 531 532 5H 534 535 53b 537 538 559 540 51.i1 5u2 5tn 5'1u 54S

S.t(F 1 L.OX EX Sl(l

T

T f.X L.BL.

L.D

SKC

SKl

T

JDO,ojT 1 L.BL Sr<F2 DEC8

L.DI L.XA

LDI 14

1~ MOV') MOVE ,ojGT ') M50S TO OUT wGT

dLK~T> T~ B~NKWT BL.ANK OUT wGT

~ DL.4MS SuBRUUTINE m SETS UP ANO PERFURMS ,qMS D~Y * AND RETURNS ~lTH 8 SET TU AUUR 00

OL..qMS IUL SUS STRuBE uR REMUV~ CL.UCK

LB >09

LDI 0

Ex

I'ICt1

LOI EX LUI PI LBL. RP~

* RNUOFF SuBRJuTINE -

~NOOFF LOI 11

A)

L.Ol 0

T ADDC+l REPLACt LSD WITH 0

* ADDC SUBRUuTINE - ADDS C TO fltL.O,PROPAGATts C

ADDC LOl b EXCESS b

ADCSK ADD MEM Dlb+C,SKIP ON C

DC DECIMAL CORRECT

EX UPDATE MEM DI~

1~C8 INC BL,SKIP IF 0

T ADDC NJT O,L.UUP

HTN RETURN

4,204,197

15

~+2 UOul'IT1

BL.K~T> 1t2F

b

o

3 >DELAY #00

ORG 21i0

A- DELAY SU8ROUTINE. • ~ MIC-SEC TU 255.7&

I< TO CAL.L.:

~

I< DELAT VAL.UES:

A-

Ir

It DEL.AY

DHV2

L.BL. U. l..XA E.X ADI

T LBL. 1L INC8 T

T L.AX ADI

T L.XA LOl

T

12 DEL.Y1

68

SI( I P IF BE SURE UIJT I'lGT SKIP If NUT 0 MSD 0

NOT O,MSD>ME.M

OUT wGT NOT 0

SIGN PLUS IF 0 SIGN)MSO wGT,MSD>A ~GT MSI) 0

LD 300 PRINTE.R tNB SKIP IF wGT MINUS

NOT MINUS, SKIP NUT 300 Ml.DR.300 PNTR,AND,MSD

PRIIITR NOT 0

79 OB 0:' .sF 11 88 u:,

0000

02/8

11109

SI(lP ,WI )(10 E.XPAND

.4 MS UI;:LAV

DUES:' HUUND UFF,PRUPAGATES C 11 >A

AOD RIIIO UF~ DIG,C>l IF,GE.5

ALLUwS TIME DtLAY5 FROM 190 MIL.~I~Sf.C, INCRE.MENT .105 MS LUNG TIMER IN ADOR OA

MID TIMfR IN ADDR 09 S~JRT TIMER IN A L.UNG TIME.R 1~.64 MID TIMER 103 SHuRT TIMER 0,10~ DEAD TIME 0.065

"IS/COUNT "IS/COUNT MS/COUNT "IS

MID TIMER)A,SHORT TIMER>MEM SAVE "110 TIMER IN X

S~ORl TIMER>A,M!D TIMER>MEM DEC SHURT TIM, SKIP wAS ~OT 0 wAS 0

L.D B ~ITH 4 CUUNTER 10 MIC"SEC

') MIC~SE.C,INC 8L.,SKIP IF 0

5 M!C.SEC,X4 FUR 80 ~lC-SEC S~URT Ol~YmTIMERX105 MIC-SEC L.D "10 COUN rUl

OEC,S~IP ~A5 NuT 0

wAS 0

OECREME~TED TIMER>X

SET UP SHORT DEL.AY=1.2b MS MID DE~AY=TIMERX1,3 MS

0009 o

o OOOF 028E OOOC 02tlB

0289 0265

OOOF 0291.1

OOOC 0265

DEL.V1

15 DELY2 #OC *+2

*,<·3 DEL.Y1

15 DEL.Y5

112911 0295 0~9& 029!:! 0299 Uc!9A u29" 029C

uooo OUUl 0003 o llll II UOo~ OOU& UUU!:! 01109 OIlOA 0(1 o I:! OIlOO UUU~ 0011 0012 UU13 U0111 01115 001& 0017 oult! 0019 OU1B 001C tlOl!) OlllE u01F 0020 0022 0023 0024 UU25 U020 u028 0029 002A OU2C 0020 002E. 002~' 0030 Ull31 0032 OU.B Ull311 OU3, OU3b I)UH CJld8 Ull3A

003C (Ju30 UO 3~. l)03f'

011110 UOlll 00'12 OUII3 UUII4 0(J II !:I U(1111

711 11:.1

OOF~ 31 bu liS 3F 9~

al

011 CE 7F 2C 77

1Clll 1 ,

8!:l 71

lC40 5392 ICFb

C!!t D7 CA 71' 3F o I:! E!:l 09

OU90 7f 31' CI:! 21 31'

OOF'I 22 7B 1 I:! 71'

1(;41 CO 17

1C41 1 I:! lE IF 17 31' 11 16 4b A9 10 17 77

lCl.ll 501.10

1t, 87 11 2b 7A

S0211 C3

OOOB

OOOA o 1)001'

o 02'12

0001 00.S1 01100

3 0008 00111

0005 0008 0040 0392 UOF& OIJC'; 0001 OOCA 0000

o OOiJ8 00E5 0009 OObF 0000

o OOCB

o 000&

0001.1

0000 00111 OOCO

. 00(18

00111

0000 0008 o

OOOb 00~9

OOOA OU41 00110

CC 70 38 0':)

OOCC 0001' 7

69

~1I0 5117 5118 SLl9 5!:10 5~1 552 553 5511

5!:lS 5!:1b 557 558 5';)9 5&0 501 5&2 5&3 51:111 .,&5 5bb 5&1 5&8 5b9 510 "71 5"2 ':Ill 5711 575 57& 517 518 '379 580 S81 582 5B 5811 58') 58b 587 568 5t19 590 591 592 593 '3911 595 596 S'O 5'18 ~99 bOO bOl &02 bB bOI) bUS bvb

. bO 7

b08 bO'I bl0 bl1 b12 b13 b14 b15 blb b17 b18 &19 b20

L.Dl loU L.SI. I.D AD! kT"l Ex

T

I(BEl{fI KESEl

CK~Sl

ORG SI(F1 1 I"1C6 ~Fl 1.01 11. 1.8

4,204,197

11

'1I0A

70

1.0 L.ONG TIMER

15 OEC,St<II' !'lAS 1'o0T 0

WAS 0,OUNE,8~ MIC-SEC AO~~D UPDATE I.O,..G llMlR

OEI.Y~-2 StT UP SHOkl DEL.AY

.-11

8

SES XI0CI.~ I(ER >1C! )CI.£AfoI )H

o

)CI.R1 )SErRC )CL.RPR IIbF

o

1100

4·

o SOS )00 II SUS

o 8

b RSL.iJUP

CKRST

5 ROSoIjA )011

st SU~~ Z DUNE fL.AG CL.R

DISCRETE 1/~)L.UoIj

I.JOP TU INIT AL.L 15 1/0

E~AB~E AL.L !)ISCR~TE OUTPuTS

RESET KEYBOARD

CL.R AUro eLk FLAG CI.R TARE.

SET RECUMPUTE.

CI.R p~ICE.,rUTAL. P~ICE

BE SU~E RAM kEG &f CL~

RO X1U,l KE.Y,BY CNT,PRE-PAK

SET FL.G1 FUR 1ST SWITCH I:.IA~K wANT ~AM REG II FOR 1ST 8A~K RAM REG>X

~N8 BANK,S~T 110 &'lST,l,2ND

1010 SwITCH,O)A20N,8)A:OFF RAM IoIEG>8M,0»(

SKI,", If Sw ON

Sw uFf

Sw UN

8)M~M:ON,0)M~M:UfF INCBL

U>Bf1,RAM REG)X

SKI» 11' 8L.=&

1.00'"'

SKIP uN fL.Gl,1S1 RANK READ 2ND BANI( READ, WANT 1/0 7

DIS 8ANK,tL~ 1/0 &:lST,7'~ND

SET kECUMPUIE fLAG

SKIP If 1ST 8ANK READ 2NO BANK H~AD,DUNE

STAHT 2NO I:!ANK,WANT l/U 7 CL.k FL.Gl FUR 2NO SwITCH 8AN~ ~ANT ~AM kEG , fUR 2ND bANK LJUP

00117

0005 OCJ24 00C3

**.~AIN P~JGRAM Pu~ER-uP ST4kl* ••

URG 0

T 1U1

L.OL. 1131

L.OI 0

E)(D 3

loLl 1 8

IOL. S~S

nCti

T I.Dl Ie)!,.

Ti.. 131. loti T'I

1.3 L.Dl EX T'I T·" Pi loBI. LDI EX I.d

OIA

EX loBI. SFI L.UI

~OSoIIA· ioU 1.01 101. 1.8

RSI.)UP I.DJ- 1:)1. Xo'lX

S",Z

1.01 L)1 E)(

INCB

XB'1X

SKIH T SKFI I'jC~

1.01 B

IlL. SuS

n. _ *0110

* SErRCP S~~RJUTINE - SEts ~~tUMP~l~ ~LAG • J~ R~T~R~ PRINT fLAG IS AOORlSSED

S~TRCP L.B >51

LDI 1~

EX 7

RT'~

00118 00119 OOIiA 001l~ OOIiC 001iE. OOliF OO~O 00~1 0052 0053 00~4 0055 OO~b

0057 0058 0059 005A 005~ 0(l50 005!; 005F OObO OObl 00b2 00b3 OObli 00b5 OObb 0007 UOot) 00b9 OOOA 00b8 OObC Ollbl> OObE. ()ObF OU70 0071 olH2 0075 0074 0(l15 007b »e tt 0078 01119 007A 0078 OOTC Oil TE

0080 0081 0082 0083 008~ 008& 0087 0088 o08A OOI:lC 0080 008E 008F 0090 0091 O()92 0093 0094 01l9S

37 &0 90 .sF

OOBO 77 OC Cl OF 11- OF 11 OF 1E

'ILl Ell 98 90

5011 OC C4 1~ A4 1& 7E 77 TC 3F 17 1~ 70 79 3F 77 1~ IF 1Ll

.. ,' 15 64 1& 78 711 7& EO 7F bf 7f of 7F bF

OOFI !j060

7F 3F 7F·

lCIiO 07 8C 71

1CIII> 53C9 78 18 1F 10 20 bF OA bF OA bF

o OOOF 0050 o 0042 0008

00C2

0050 00E'4 0056 0050 0011 OOOC OOCII

00b4

0001 0008 0003

o

OOOF 000& o 0008

0000

00/11

·0004 0008 0009 QOEO 0000

0000

~OOO

0008 001:10

0000

o 0000 0040 0008 OIlI:lC 00118 0040 05C9 00011

0000

71

021 oe2 023 02L1 025 02b b27 028 b29 b.\O 031 b32 oB b54 055 b'sb b37 0,S8 0,S9 oliO bill 0112 bLl3 0114 bliS ollb bLl7 oLiS bLl9 050 b:,1 0,2 055 b54 055 bSb 1:157 &58 059 bbO bbl b02 bo,S bb4 obS obb bb7 bba &b9 &70 b71 &72 b13 b74 b7!; b7b 077 b1t) b79 b80 b81 b82 b63 b84 bl:l5 bl:lb b87 b88 b89 0'10 b91 b'l2 b9.S &911 b95

t SKIP t

ijO~GTl

T2LUOP

LD ADI

T

EIC LBL LOI E:J~ La

DR l~Cd OR

1 ~C8

OR .OR.~ITH DIG TIM,A=OrJuST 0

SO(l SKIP If ALL TRUE 1U RESET

IF (TA~E HANOATURYJ,ANO.(NU TARE OUNE).ANO. (NO MANUAL TAH~ FLAGJ.ANO.(TIMER JUST 0)

RD~GT A.NE,O,NU RESET

)MOOE CO( FOR BY COUNT MODl

*+2 NUT BY COUNT,HESET OK

RD~GT BY COUNT,SKlP RESET

RESET A.EQ,O,HESET SCALE

)FCPTV DETERMINE SCALE CAPACITY )09

T

1'1

T

T

lL PI LB SI<C

T SKFl LJI L.Dl 1.1>1 [I(

I'lCd SI(C LOI LOX Ex LDl LXA LDI OJA S·I<C

T

So(Fl LDI LDl LUI PI Li>l CVS I.DI CVS LOI CI'S LdL n,

URIO LOl EX LOI IJL ADl T LOl I JL TI. LDI L.U LDI OJA SC CI'S AOC CYS ADC CVS

4,204,197

1~ ROwGT

1#42 8

)02

1 8 3

15 b

8

°

II

11

9 )()ELAV o

o

o

*08 *080

060 o

o

SES

8 RDI'iGT1 8

Sl:; SLI\jI<~T 4

o

72

LO DIG TIMER

DEC IT,S~lP ON C

NO (,TIMER wAS O,SKIP CrlECK UPDATE DIGIT TIMER

8)A TU SELECTIVEL,Y CUM 8 BIT ~)(-UR ~llH TAR~ MAND ENS

NO RESET IF MAN T fLAG SET

SKIP bKG SKIP lSKG ,SOLS bKG ENTER

NUT b"'G

Tl DELAY MID TI~ER

SI<IP .. U1 bKG. oKG

15KG OR 30LB

ENTER T1 DELAY LONG TIMER

11 CONTHUI. 81T>X START Tl INTEGRATIUN SKIP Nt.lT bKG

oKG

SKIP NuT lSl<b 15KG,TUTAlDEL.AY 95,7b5 MS jOL~,TUTAL DELAY 10~.bOO MS oI<G,Tt.lTAL DELAY 219.b3~ HS PEHFO~M TI OEL.AY

FURM DUMMY HEM 0 FUR ADOS

OISABLE DISCRETE OUTPUTS SKIP IF wGT ruo MINUS

NO CDIN,NOT TOO MINUS

ENABLE DISCijETE UUTPUTS TOu MINUS

T2 CONTHOL SIT»)(

STOP fl,STAijT Tl INTEGRATION START &~ MIC.SlC T2 LOOP

LD LOw DIGIT COUNTE~ CNTRtO+C)A,(;

STORE LUw,LD MID DIG COUNTER CNTH+O+C>A,C

~TORE MIO,LO HI UIG CQUNTER

73 4,2~.197 74
009& IIA &9& ADC CNTfHO+C>A,C
Ull91 &F 097 CYS STORE ~lG~ DIGIT COUNTER,O>A
0098 1CII1 00"1 &98 1 Ill. SUS INPuT AID CMPHrR,8>A IF LOw
009A It: &99 SKl SKIP I~· COMPARATUR HIGH
0098 91) 0090 700 T *+l COl~,COMPARATOR LOw
0ll9C 90 0090 701 T T2LLJUP N~ COIN,CUNTINUl COUNTI~G .
0090 OOBoS ODIC 702 LdL tHC
Ou9F 11 703 I'IIC6 INC BL,SKIP IF O,wANT EXTRA
OOAO 9F 1)09F 704 T ... 1 &5 ~IC~SEC DELAY TO DOA INS1
UI)A 1 71' 9000 70S LOI 0
00A2 18 7l1& LU T2 ufF>X
OuA3 II' 707 DJA STOP T2 INTlGHAfIUN
I)OAII 7f 0000 70B LiH 0
UOAS bf 709 CYS T2 DIGIT CNTRS>A,O>CNTRS
OUAb 3F 0 710 Ex LUw>ADDR 10,MID>71,HIGH >72
00A1 17 '11 • I..,CLJ INC BL
00A8 43 00u3 112 Sl(dI 3 SKIP If' 8L=3
00A9 All 00A4 71S T .-t;, LiJOP
OOAA OOF! 01)11A 114 L~L *08
OOAe 71) !)002 115 LOI 2
OOAO lli 71& L.XA T3 CONTROL. til 1 >X
OUAE IF UOOO 717 LOI 0
OuAI' 11l 718 l)JA srAHT T3 INTlGRATIUN
OOBo 11 0008 719 T,SLJOP LOI 8 START b~ MIC-SlC T3 LUUP
OOtll 20 120 • SC
UOtlc? &F . 121. cva Li.l 1.0 ... DIGIT C!JiJNTER
006.\ OA 722 AOC C:>lTIHO+C>A,C
OOdll bF 7.?3 CYS STORI:. L.Uw,L.ll MID DIG CuU'4TEH
OOd~ OA 724 ADC CNTH+O+C>A,C
oodb j)' 125 CYS STO~E M1O,L.f) Hl DIG CUUNTER
0087 0' 12b AOC CN1H+O+C>A,C (ALWAYS 0)
00d8 bF 721 CYS . srO~E HIG~ DIGIT COUNTEH,O>A
00d9 Jell1 00111 728 IJL. 50S INP~T AID CMPRrR,8>A IF LO~
OOdd lE 129 S~l SKIP IF COMPARATOR HIG~
OlHiC 80 OOtlO 150 T TlL.tlUP NO CU!N,CUNfINUE COUNTING
OOdl) 7E OOUl HI LDI 1
OotiE 5291,) 0290 732 11 .. *290
135
ll11 ORG 29D
0291) ld 735 LXA AID RESET CUNTRuL BI1>X
029~ /0 OOOF 7.s& LOI 1~
0c!9F to 117 DJA RESET AID !NTlGRATUR
02AO lCIiO 0040 B8 IOL. BES ENABLE DISCRETE UUTPUTS
02A2 ou8C 0075 n9 L8L 1H5
02A4 bF 7110 eyg LO LOw DIGIT T1 CUUNTEH
OcA5 :SF 0 141 EX LJw DIG CNTH>ADOR 13
U2A& 17 742 I'lCtI
02A7 bF 74l CYS LD ~lD DIGIT T3 CUUNTlR
02A8 3F 0 7411 EX MID DIG CNTR>ADDR 74
02A9 OOSb 0079 745 L.IlL *19
Uc!A6 IH 001>7 111& T!'1 )CLEAR CLR TEMf'
Oi!Ae Db OOOb 747 1M >ARICL CL.R AHI
U2AO 0080 0072 7118 T2C"<IVT LSL *72
02AF l7 0 749 LI) 1.0 r1IGH DIGIT T2 CUUNTER
vo!do CT ClOC7 750 LB )lA
021:11 3' 0 H1 EX HI DIG 12 CNTR)ARI FOR MULT
il2S2 0083 007C 1!;2 LdL nc LO n.MP wITH 2S"
1I2St! 70 0002 755 LDI 2
u2S~ 2F 0 1,4 EXD
026b 7A 0005 755 LH ;
0207 2F 0 7.5& EXO
0268 19 OOOb 7,7 LOI b
0289 3F 0 758 EX
U28A 008A 0075 7';,9 LSI. *1':J
oc!de 011 0111111 7&0 T"l )MUL.T MULl ~I OI~ T2 CNTR BY 25&
02dl) 71> 0002 7&1 LOI 2
02d£ 52(0 02CO lb2 n, *2CO
1&3
fbll rJKG 2CO
ucCO 01 coui 71t; 1'4 >MuV5X MUVE RESUL.T Til wCiT
02C! 2F 0 7&b EXO MJVE RES bT~ OIG(L.SD) TU "'G1
02C2 IF 0000 Tb7 L.DI 0
020 IF 0 7b8 EX CLR wGT SIGN
02C4 Cf \lOCF 1bii L.8 >74
o~e!> 01 0007 110 T>I >CLlAR CLH nMP 75 4,204,197 76,
02Cb 0\18t:. 00 "f1 771 l.dl. 1101
u2C!:! 31 0 772 1.0 1.0 '1ILl UIGIT T2 luUNTER
02C'f C7 00C7 773 loti )IA
02CA 3'1 & 714 EX & MID DIG 12 CNT~)A~I fOr! '1ul.T
02C~ 79 ,) 00& 71':1 1.01 & LO TEMI' 101 TH 1&
Oc!CC 3F 0 17& Ex
Oc!CD 11 717 I!'4CH
\l2CE IE 0001 7/8 1.01
U2CF 3F 0 779 EX
02DO 008A 0075 180 L.!!l. tl75
0202 011 OOlHI 71H Tfol )MUI.T MUL.T '110 DIG T2 CNTH tH 1&
0205 7E 0001 78c! 1.01 1
0204 01 0001 liB T"I )MuVSX MOVE HESUL.T TJ ARI
0205 2F 0 1 !:III EXD M;:)vE 11TH 01G(I.S0) TO ARI
02011 70 ()OOF 7 !:IS 1.01 1':1
U207 3F 0 78& EX MAKI:. MltolUS SU SUtH wI1.1. ADD
0206 C8 voce 787 L.S )21
0209 03 001.>3 788 TM )SU!!T l11XMI0 CNTH + 25&XHIGI'i C'ITH
020A 70 0002 189 1.01 2
02D!! 00 OODO 790 T'1 )..,OVX MOllE r!t:.SUIoT TO wGT
02DC CI 00C7 791 1.6 )lA
0200 D-' 1)007 792 1" )CL.E.AR CL.H ARI I:.)(ClPT SIGN
02DE OOIlF 0070 793 1.!!1. 11/0
02EO 57 0 7911 1.0 1.0 1.0w IH(;IT T2 CDUtolTl:.rI
02E.1 COT 00(;7 795 I.~ )lA
02E2 3f 0 1911 EX lou," OI(;IT CNTR)AHI
020 24 797 Re
02E4 DE OODE. 798 TM >AODC TrlANSFUHM HEX TO OlCIMAL.
02ES C8 00C8 799 L.~ )21
02E& 05 00D3 800 T'1 )SUI:IT L.Ow + 1&XMIO + 25&XHIGH
02E7 70 OV02 801 1.01 2
02E8 DO 0000 802 PI )MUVX MUVE RESUL.l TU wGT
02E9 011 000& 803 T'1 )ARICL CI.H ARI
02EA 008B O{l/II 804 13CiIIVT I.SL «t «
()2EC 57 0 805 L.t> LO MID DIGIT T3 COU~TEH
v2EL) Cl 00C7 80& loB )lA
02EE b1 OOOE 807 AJl 111
02EF BO C2"O 808 T *+1
02FO 3F 0 809 EX MID Dlt 1J CNTR)AWI
02F1 008A 00/5 810 I.!!L. t05
02F3 011 OOD4 811 T'1 )MUI.T MUL.T MID DIG 13 CNTR BY 16
02F4 76 O()07 812 L.D! 7
02F5 01 0001 815 PI )MOV~X SAVE HESULt IN TI:.M"
02F6 3F 0 814 I:. X MOllE &T~ OIG(LSO) TO TEMP
U2f7 Db 000& 81~ T"I )ARICL CI.R Alo!l
0i!F8 UU8C 0013 816 loBI. tlI5
02FA 37 0 817 1.0 L.D 1.001 lJIGlf 13 COlJIIoTt:.R
02FB C7 00C7 818 L~ )1A
02fC 3F 0 819 EX L.J~ DIG T3 CN1R)ARl
U2fD 211 820 HC
OC!FE !l30U 0300 821 TL .JOO
822
823 ORC; 300
0500 DE COIJE 824 T'1 )ADO(' THANSFUHM HEX TU DECIMAl.
0301 0086 0079 825 LEI I. 1H9 ADDR TI:.MP SIGtol
0303 70 (lOOF 826 I.DI 1~
0304 29 6 827 EXi) 6 MAKE 'Hf';l.JS SO SUIH ~. I I.L ADO
0305 lf 828 OECI:;
O.sOb 03 OOD3 829 T'1 )SU!!T 1bX"IIO 13 C"'TR + I.Uw 15 CNTR
0.s07 76 OU07 850 L.DI 7
0308 00 OOLJO 8.H 111 )MuV)( SAVE IN TEMP
03u9 Cl 00C7 832 1.1:; )1A LO ilKl wITH 32
U3()A 1D (l002 833 LDl 2
O:SOB 3F 0 854 E.X
O.\UC 1'T 85':1 I\jCB
0500 7(; 0003 85& L'>I J
U50E 3F 0 837 E.X
03Ul' OOOA (1025 838 LoBL 1112':1
0.s11 011 00011 859 T'1 )Mul.l Mul.T T2 COUNTS 11>4 IOlGT BY 32
0312 70 0002 8~0 1.01 2
0313 01 0001 8111 T'1 )MUV.,)( MelliE HI;.SUU TO "GT _
(LH4 31' 0 8112 E.X MUIIE 11TH DIC>(LSLlJ Til .. GT
e s is 0008 OOCT 8113 L.tH. .27
0317 03 0003 allll PI -)SU~T 12 CNTS(WGT) • 13 i:NTS(TEMP)
0!>18 Til 0002 811~ 1.01 2 77 4,204,197
78
0.319 Do 001>0 8qb 1'1 >"I(lvX "lOvE fINAL RAW COUNTS TiJ ..,GT
O.HA Db OOOb 8417 PROCWT T"I >ARICL CLR A~I
O.HI:! ooDt 0023 8418 LSI. *l3
0310 0.5 \JoDl 8419 PI >S\JIH SUI:I FILT~RED ..,GT FRO,", ",lOT
051E. OO~b 0019 850 lSI. *19
05i!v IF 0 8S1 EX RESULT SlGN>A~I SIG'"
0321 00F9 000& aS2 1.01. *Ob
0323 1A 0005 853 1.01 5
0324 OS OOOS 8,41 T"I >JoIAGCK CK FO~ RE&ULT.ll,~
0325 70 OOOF 85, LDI 1S ,LE,S RTN,IS>AIDlC MUTN FLG
032& 71) 0002 85& LDI 2 ,GT,S RTN,2>AIS~T ~OTN FLG
0321 CII OOCO 851 LI:I >00
0.528 15 8,8 SI(C SKIP,GT,S, MUTION
0329 A 1:1 0321:1 8~9 T .... .! NO "lOTION
032A AD 0320 8&0 T .... 3 MUTION
0328 09 8&1 A()SK DEC MaT'" FLG,SKIP ON C .
032C I:IS 03.55 8&2 T INlFL r FLG WAS O,lXEC INITIAL FllR
0320 3F 0 8&3 EX UPDATE UR SET MUTN FlG
032E ooE' 0010 8&11 LaL. "10
0330 ,7C 0003 8&S lDI 3
oBI 3' 0 8&& EX 3>OUT FLTR CNTR:UPDT OUT wGT
0332 ES ooEs 8&7 T'I >SEfRC SET RECUMPUTl
0.H3 5362 03b2 8&8 TL. UDFwT SKIP I~lTIAL FILTER
0.H5 ODDS 002A 8&9 llolIFLT LSL. *2A
uB7 17 0 870 LD LO ... GT L.SD
03311 OOCA 0035 871 LBL. *35
UBA U 872 LXA wGT L.:iD>X
oBS 2F 0 873 [XO WliT L.SD>1 PREY L.SD,l PREv>A
033f; 3F 0 8711 EX 1 PRlV>2 PREv LSO,2 PREv>A
03.5D OC 875 lJR EX-JR i! PRE V wITH 1 PREV L.SD
OHE 5.s40 ~140 87b TL. inqO
8'17
878 URG 340
0340 IE 879 Sl(l SKH' IF I:.QUAL
0.5111 88 0.5418 880 T FLTt'lGr':" NJT EQ,FIL.TE.R WGT
03412 57 0 881 Lj LO 1 Pkf:.v LSD
\J345 11 8112 l~CI:!
o.sq4 01: 883 EJ~ EX-3R 1 ~"I:.V ~ITH CURRf:.IH
034S It: 884 SKl SP(I~ IF EQUAL
0341& 88 0348 885 T FL.TwGl NUT lQ,FILTER wGT
u.sql At 03bi! 88b T UOF ~IT AL.L. E~,MUVE ~Gr TU FLTHO ..,GT
03118 1F 0000 887 FL.Tt'lGT L.I)I 0
0349 t8 8118 LXA o>x
034A OIlF!; 0004 889 LdL. *OA
0~4C 3b 1 890 LD 1 LO "'GT~~LTRO ~GT LSD
0341> 3F 0 . 891 L,SDI2 EX ARt L.SD~2>ARI LSD
HilI:, 11 OOOE 892 LJI 14
0341" 09 893 ADSK SUB ~ FROM ARI L.SD,SKIP 0111 C
0550 9S 0555 894 T FLTwTl AHI L.SD WAS 0 UR 1,DONE
0.s51 lA 89S XU ~ARTIAL. LSD/2>A,L.SO-2>X
0352 bE 0001 890 ADI 1 I .... C PARTIAL LSD/2 ,
0353 lA 891 XU LSO-2>A,PAR1IAL L.SO/2>X
().s511 80 OlIiD 898 T L.SD/i! REPEAT UNTIL L.SDI2 FORMf:.D
035S 12 899 FL.T"U LA)( L.U L.SUI2
035b IE 900 SI<Z Sl<ll' If 0
0.~51 9C USC 901 T .... 5
0358 00C5 OUA 902 LSL. tnA
055A 1p 0002 9U LOI 2
03SU AS . 0.5b5 904 T UDF~TH
035C &t:: 0001 905 AD! 1 FuR!'! LSDI2+1
0351> 3F 0 90b EX LSD/2.1>ARI L.SO
035E CI5 OOC8 907 Ld >21
0351" 03 1)01)3 908 T'1 >SUI:IT MUDIFY i'lGT ay L.SOI2+1
1)3&0 11> 00112 909 LOI 2
1)3&1 DO 001)0 910 T'1 >MUVX UPDATE WGT
1)5&2 OOOb 0029 911 \JDFliT LSL *29
03&4 7C 0001 912 L;)I .5
0.~&5 DO 0000 91j PI >MUVX MOVE WGT TO FILTERED wGT
Ojbb DC oooe 9111 T'1 >FCPfY OETER'11NE CAPACITY
U5b7 00[.5 OOlC 915 L.8L IHC FOR'" DIGITAL INITIAL IN ARI
1)3&9 tb 91& SI<Fl SKIP ''fUT 15KG
03bA 79 000(, 917 L.OI & ISKG
05b8 78 0007 918 lOI 7 3018 iJ~ oKG
o.s&t If 0 919 EX b UR 7)ARI L.SD+2
05&U 17 920 IIIjCB - . .

" .. .... '" "'

_. . "

• A'· *

O.~bl:; 03bf O.HO 0371 u372 U3B 0311l 0375 037& O.S 17

0379 0371:1 037C O.HD 037E O.SlF

0380 0381 O.sS2 0383 0.S81l 036£> 0387 0388 0389 038A 0368 038C 0.s8D 038t: 038F 0391 U392 0393

<, 0.595 u39b 0391 0.s96 0399 039A 0398 039C OHo 039E OHF O.SAO 03A1 03A2 03A3 05AII 03A5 OSAb 03A7 0.SA8 O.SAA O.SAC 03AI) 03AF 0580 o se i 0383 03BII 0.S~5 0387 0388 iI,Stl9 U3t:U 0.5B6 UHI.) 03BE

15 7C. 7E 3F C6 03 70 DO Ctl

5360

OODA :SF 31 1/ 3F OS

77 00 &7 97

0009 7D 05 77 7F Cti 3F 25 OF OA

0096 OA 08

OOB& 07 E 7. 76 (1)

IE 81 C5 37 lE til CO 31.1 IE 61 70 00 3F 15 65

0008 0230 8S OOCE 70 .sF O()CF

7F 3F

0008 D3 70 DO Db

OOE'I ., flo

53CO

0003 0001

o (lOC6

0003 0002 0000 OOCB 0360

0025 o o

0008

0008 0397 002& 0002 0005 OOOB 0000 00C8

o

OOoF OUoA OObl.l UOOA OU06 00119 0007 00E7 00011

OHI 00e5 o

0381 ooco 3

05tH 0002

o 0365 0024 0230 0385 0031 OUOF

o 0030 0000

o (l0e!1I 0003 OOOe! 001)0 00l>& 001B 0005 03CO

o

79 921 922 923 924 925 92& 927 928 929 930 951 B2 933 93t1 935 93& 937 938 939 940 941 9112 91.15 9'11.1 945 91.1& 91.17 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 95& 951 9,6 959 9bO 9b1 9&2 9&5 9&4 9b5 9bb 9b7 9b8 9b9 970 9 I 1 972 973 974 'lIS 97b 977 'H8 979 980 981 982 9tH 9BtI 965 98& 987 988 9Sq· 990 99t 992 993 994 995

SKC

1.01 1.01 E:X

I.B >21

PI »sue r

1.01 2

T"I >MUVX

I.B >48

TI. 1#380

* I.OPPUK SuBR~UTINk - LOADS ~NT~Y ACCUMULATOR * TO 2 P~E·PAK,UK 1/2 TOTAL PRIC~ REGISTERS

LDPPUK I. tiL *25

EX

1.0

ll\iCLi

EX

RPI

X10EXP

ORG 1.01 A"IO ADl T I.~L 1.01 T"I 1.01 I.Dl I.B EX RF2 PI PI l.iiL T'I

T" I.tlL

'''I ,.,

LDI A 1110 SKZ T 1.6 LD Sl(l T 1.8 LO So(l 1 1.01 AD EX SKC 1 I.BI. 1'1L T

I. tiL 1.01 EX I.BI. 1.01 EX LiiL 1"1 1.01 1'1 t ...

1.61. 1.01 11.

4,204,197

:s 1

360 a

8 ZCAPT *2&

2 >foiAGCK 8

o

>21

>UDUIOiT >BLANK ##b4 >BLANK >CLRT #49 >CI.EAR >UUTP) II

ClTlM >12

CZTHI >00

5

ClfIM 2

SUtiAZ *24 '"IUAZ SUdAZ #31

15

#jO o

#24 >Sl.JtH 2 >MUVX )ARICI. 1#18

5

1i13CO

80

SKIP NUT bKG

bKG,AflI=5700 15KG:ARI.1500,30I.BIARI=lbOO 1 UR 5>ARI LSO+3

SUB DIG 111111 FROM wGr

UPDATE roGT

A>IST Rf.GISHR RE-LD flo

CK FOR )(10 tXPD ~OOE SKIP If Xl0 fXPAND

CK FOR roGT,I.E.2 CNTS ,LE.2 RTN,Z I.AMP UN ,GI.2 HTN_L I.AMP UFF

UPOA n. l. LAMP NOTE XI0 EXP

BLAIliK PHIC~

SLANK TUTAI. PRICE CLR TARE

CI.R AuIO ZERO

GD TU OUTPUT

CK FOR i. KEY

SKIP IF THUE FAI.SE,CLR l KEY TIMER

1.0 r~E T rLAG

SKIP NUT NE.T

NET,NO Z KE.Y AI.LuwED

L.O 'lOTION FLAG

SKIP IF NO MUTIUN MOTION

INC Z KH TIMER UPDATE

SKIP IF TIM~R DUNt STILI. CUUNT ING

T IME.R ·DONE.

CK FUR wGT,I.T,lIOO CNTS ,G~.lIO() CNT RTN ,I.T.II01) tNT HTN

SET Z DUNE rl.AG

CLR Z K~ Y TIMER

SUB AuTU-ZE.RQ FROM wGT

UPDATE "GT SET ARI=30050

Xl0CLR

ZCAioJT

CZTlM

SUBAZ

03CO 03C1 03C3 03C4 03C5 03Cb o ,SC 7 03CI! 0.sC9 03CA O,~CB o3CO 03Cf 0300 0301 0302 0303 031.>4 u.s05 U.sOb 0.s07 U31.>1! U309 030A U30S U.SOC U.SOO U3DE U,~DF U.sEO 0.\E2 0.sE3 03E4 U,\E5 03Eb 03E7 03ES O.SE'i OJEA O.U,C 03EO

O.sEF O,~FO 03Fl O.sfi 03f3 0.H'4 O.sF:' o.sFb O.SFb O.~F9 03fA U3FB 03FC 03FO 03FE

OlhlO 0~01 01102 0~04 01105 OIlOb 0407 0406 0409 OliO!) OIlUC 0400 040E 040F

3F

OOEI -,C

3F CI! 03 IE 60 CE OA

5~9A 0009 78 O!) OE Cl .~F 15 70 7F :SF &0 9E 22 1~ Eb 91::

DC 3F

OOOA 04 70 D1 2~ 71 00 IE 09

OOCE 37 ~'IOO

Db (;1 H: 2(; 3'1 OE 3f

OOBE Ib 3b O.s Ib 0; C.s

5C!311

b~ A'I

OOFC 3F bl A5 CO 37

0000 OF IE AS Cl 71:.

o ODIE 0003 o ooca 0003

03CD ooce OOOA 059A 002& 00011 0005

OOCI

o

OIlOF 0000 o OOOF 030E

OOEb 030E ooOC

o 00C!5 QOOIl 0002 0001

4 0008

0009 0031 o 0'100

000& 00C7 0001

3 ~

o 0041

1 (lOD3

0()C..s 0210

1)001 04c4 0003

a 0001! 1)425 OOco

a liOo:!F

Ollo:!5 00C1 0001

81

9'ib 997 998 999

100'0 1001 10U2 100.s 1004 1005 100b 1007 1001! 100Y 1010 1011 1012 1015 10111 1015 101& 1017 1018 1019 1020 10il 1.022 1023 tOe!1I 1025 102& 1027 1026 1029 1030 1031 103e! lOB 1034 1035 103b 10.H 1038 1039 10110 t04l 10112 10A~

,101.1'1 10'1'; IOllb 1047 1048 1049 10;0 1051 1052 10:;3 1051.1 1055 105& 10:27 1056 1059 lObO 10&1 10b2 10&5 10b4 lObS 10b& 10b7

, 10b8

10&9 1070

ORG EX I.I:H. L01 t:x LB T-i SrlZ T

dl..'lIr1 ",,1 L B T'I TI.

CrlGAZC Lal.

LD1 PI CJI'IP LB EX SrlC LDI LDI EX AOI

T

SFl

SKC T'I

T PI EX LBL T" Lot

T" ExO 1.01 AIIO

SKZ TM LdL. LO

TL 'liOO

* CRCTAl SUB~OUTINE ~ COR~ECTS AUTU * BY UNE CUUNT TO ~RING wGT TOwARD C~CTAZ ''I >ARICL CLH AHI

1.1:1 >lA

1.01 l

EXO 3

I.D 3

CJMP

Ex

LIB.

St<Fl

LJ T" St<Fl HTIi

LB n,

ORG ADI T LSL. EX A:>1 T 1.9 L.D LIH. OH St<l T

LI:I L.DI

4,204,197

~Co

UE 5

)c?1 >SUIH

CKGAZ'C

, )bE

)~LANt< TPBI.K "2&

II )"1AGCK

)01

15 o

)CRTAl *+1 )FCPTY

"25 )"IIJL.T 2 )MiJVSX 4

8

)CI.~PR ,,31

1 >SUtiT

>01.1 "1AXAZ

I

82

CK FOR LJvc.RCAP St<lP If' UV~I'ICAP NJT OVf:.HCAP

SI.ANK UUT wbT BI.A'IK TUTAI. P~ICE

CK GRUSS AUTO~ZEHU CRCN

CK FOR wGT,L.E.1I CNT5

,I.E.4 ~TN,A)O IF WGT 0

.GT.4 RTN,ADOR Z GRAD fL.AG SAVE A IN l GHAD FLAG,FLAG)A St<IP IF wGT,GT,4 CNTS

1S>A TU SET l GRAD fLAG

O>A TO CI.R l GRAD FI.AG

UPDl Z GHAD fI.AG,MAGCt< RTN)A SKIP If WGl NOT 0

WGT O,SKIP CORRECTION NOTE GROSS CORRECTION SKIP If WGT,GT,II CN1S

.I.E,4 CNTS,DO GRUSS A.Z CHCN

A=1:~0L.~,2:bKG,5:15KG WHITE MULTIPLE TO ARI LSD

MvLT wGT I:IY MULTIPLE

UPDATE wGT 5 MSDS UPDATE WGT bTH DIG(1.80) B)A

,AND,riITH PHICE MSO SKIP If PRICE MSO.LT,8 .GE,a,lNVAL.IO PRICE

1.0 Z l)UN~ fLAG

ZEHU HEGISTER o

1)A

CJRHc.CTIUN U~ 1>ARI LSD LD riGiT SIGN

CDM Fa~ ~~TU lE~O CUH~ECTI0~ ,COM.wGf SIb~>A~I SIGN

SKIP If GRUSS CURRE~TIUN NET,AODR fAHl R~~ CURRECT AUTO~ZERO 8Y 1 SKIP l~ GRUSS CO~RECTION NEl,RETUHN

1100

1 S~lP 1~ l DUNE SlNC~ PwR U~

STARE-l NU l OU~E

#03

8 STARE )00

STARE )01

1

MAN 14RE ~LAG)A,O)"1AN T F~A~ SKIP IF FLAG SET

f I.AG CLK

LD "10 rlU~ FLAG

.OR,~ITH ~Gr MSO

SKIP If MBO O.A~O.NU MOTIUN MSD NUT O,UR.MUTIUN

0410 0/.111 0412 0413 OU14 0415 O/.l1b OU17 0418 0419 041A (1418 Ollle 0410 OlllE (l41F (1420 0421 0422 0423 01124 OU25 I)U21 0428 0429 0424 042e OU2D 042E 042F 01151)

1)1131 OU32 u/.I33 01.135 OUoS£> 01137 01138 U459 OlnA Olljt! OU.SC 0430

(lUIIO 011111 0111.12 011113 011411 01145 01111& UU41 011118 Oll/.j~ UIIIIA 011118 Olille OIiIiD OIiIiE OliliF 0451 01152 01153 01154 UII!;;!> 0115& 01157 01158 011,9 OllSA 01158 01l5e 045D Oll5E

Otl e9 00 lE .5 1 ,

15 9A 0& C1 7A DO C5 15 77 7F .3E 70. 3F ES ,1).,9

,'OOO.A 03 70 DO: .

0009. ,', fF os

BoS C, 31

1f B!>

SIIIIE DC 15 7b 7A 3F 11 1& 70

51140

3F CII 3F C7 71)

lt1 E'1 2& bE BE Eb e4 7A DO DC

000 3F C8 D3 18 CA 75 08 12 bE A8 3F '15 B1 C8

00C9

OlllA 000& 00e7 0005 0000 ooe5

0008 0000 1 OOOF

o ooEs 0009 u.o25 001)3 O(}02 0000 Q02& 0000 OOO!> Oin3 OOC5

o

011,)5 o 11/.1 E OOOC

0009 al)o;

o

0002 01140

o OOtli O. 00C7 0002

OOll

0001 044E OOE& ootll 0005 0000 OODC 001C

o 00C8 0003

OOCA OOOA

0001 OllbB o

01111 OOCB

83

1071 1012 107j 10711 1075 107b 1011 10/8 10/9 lOBO 1081 1082 1083 10811 1085 108& 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 10~2 1093 10911 1095 109& 1091 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 llH 11011 1105 110& 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 i i i e 1117 111U 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 11211 1125 112b 1121 1128 1129 lUO lUl 1132 11B 11311 1135. 11 :Sb 11.57 11.58 11.59 1140 1141 1142 11143 1141.1 11115

STARE

CI<NAZe

CI<ACL.>

CI<ACLR

AD LB AND SI(Z T lfo.JC8 SI<C

T

Tiol LB LOl PI La SI<C LOI LDl EX LDI EX

T",

T"1 LoL T'" 1.01

T'" LBI. LDI T'I

T

LB L.O So(l

T

H. T"I SI<C L.Dl LOI EX ll\iC~ St<F1 L.D! TL,

ORG EX LB EX LB L.DI LXA T"1 RFl ADl

T

,'1

Lt:! LDl T'1

TI'1 LBL EX L.B TM LXA Lt:! LDI AD LAX ADl

T

EX SKC

T

LB

4,204,197

>29

STARE

*+3 )ARlCL. )1A

5 )MOVX )12

8

o

1 15

>SETRC >CLRPR 1125 >SlJEH 2

»iov X 1120

o )MAGtK CKACL> )12

*+3 CKACL.1oI )fCPTY

>lA

2

>SUtlL

1 CI<ACLR )CRTAl )09

5 >MOVX >FCf'TY *it

)21 )SUIH

>3:5 10

1 CI<INC

·ZI-AMP )48

84

A)O,e>l IF IN lERO GRAD

.ANO,~GT Sl~N ~lTH 0 UR 1 Sl(lP ~GT PL.US.UR,ZERO GRAD ~GT Ml~US.AND.f\jUT ZERO GRAD ADDR ~GT

SI(IP If IN lERO GRAO NOT ZERLJ GRAD

,tL.R ARI TO G~T 0 FI~LD 'CMANGE ADOR TO AHI

MJVE ~&T OR OS TO TARE SKIP SETTING NET IF Z GRAD SET NET

CL.R NEl

UPDATE NET fLAG

SET TA~EDUNE FL.AG SET RECOfolPUTE.

CL.R PRItE,TUTAL PRICE

SUST TARE ~ROfo1 ~GT

UPDATE wGT

CK FOR wGT 0

WGT 0 HTN,SI<IP CRRCTN

LD N£T ~L.AG

SI<I;I NUT NU

NE1,CI< A-l CORRECTION NOT NE1,SI<IP A.Z CRHeTN co( IIIET AUTU lERU CRRtTN SI<IP 'lUT bKG

SKI~ r-;UT 151<(;

tl.R RESULT SIGN

CK FOR ~Gl.L~.4 CNrS,A)O,GT, NOTE NET CURRECTION

SKIP IF wGT.LE.4 CNTS

,GT,4 tNTs,SKIP CRRCTN ,LE.,I.I,OO NE.T A-Z CRRCTN

MOVE RESUL.t TO TARE A~1130L~,ZI&K~,~115KG

OARl I.SD+2

CI< FUR 10 INC AuTU C~H ~GT RESU~T SIGN >X,O IF.GE,10 G

10)A

ADO AUTU CLR FLG,C)l IF & HE-I.O ~lSULl SIGN

SKIP I~ ~GT,LT.AUTU eL.R wGl .GE~AurO CL.R wGT

CLR AUTU CLR FL.AG

SKIP IF AUTU CLH F~AG.EY.b ,I.T.&

85 4,204,197
86
045F 7C 0003 114b LOI 3
04b(J OD 1147 AIljO CK FOR ~R~·~AK OR ~Y CNT
U4b1 b2 OQuO 1148 ADl 13 SI(IP i'jUT P~~-PAK OR BY CI\jT
04b2 61 0471 1149 T ZLAMP PRE·PAKI~Y CNT,SKIP AUTU CL~
04b3 OOAC OO~3 l1!)O L~L ~~3
u4b5 31 0 1151 LD LO AUTU CLri P~ AND TA~t:. ~I\jti
04bb bl 0008 1152 AOI 8 SKIP If ~NAtH.ED
Ollb7 f:ll 047t 11 s s T ZLAMP NUT EIljAtJUD
"Ub8 D6 00D8 11~4 TM >CLHT CL~ TARE
0llb9 D9 a cJI)CJ 11,!) PI >CLH~R CLf! PRICE,IUTAL PHICE.
uUbA B1 04/1 i i se T lLAMP
OllbB 1, 1157 C"'I'IIC SKC SKIP IF AU1J CLR FLAG.EY,b
UllbC At. 04bE 11':)6 T .+c! ,LT.b
(lllbO 131 oteri 11,9 T lL.AMp· ,EGI.b,SKIP !NCREMENTIIIIG
Ollbl::: 7E 0001 11 bO L.OI 1
04b~ O~ I1b1 AO INC AJTO CLH ~L.AG
01.170 3F 0 11b2 EX UPDATE AUTU CL.R FL.AG
04' 1 DC OOOC 11&3 lL.A'1P PI >F CP TV' A=1a30L~,2IbKG,':):15KG
01172 .sf 0 11&4 EX A>ARI L.SD
0473 37 0 11&5 L.D IH."LD A
U1I711 1& 11 bb SO(Fl SKIP IN fLG1,bK~,UR 3eLf:l
01175 71 OOOE 11b7 L;)I 14 15KG,LD 14 INSTEAD
0117& &E 0001 11 es AIH 1 INC
0477 Or:! 11b9 AD ~JRM "A+l OR 4 (1,KC;)
Oti76 3f 0 11 '(I n 3,5 U~ 4>ARI L.SDI1,2,UR ,>A
01119 b3 OOOC 1111 ADI 12 ADD 12,SKI~ UN C,A>1 IF 15KG
01l7A BD 04/0 1172 T .+1 NJT 15KG
01l7d 17 1173 . I"Cf:l
u'17C 3F a 11714 EX 15KG, PAIH L.SD+l
01l7U C4 00C4 1175 LB >09
OtllE 5480 01180 11 t« TL. U80
1117
1178 ORG 460
0480 IF 0000 1179 LOI 0
01181 3F 0 11BO EX O)f(ESUlT SIGN
01182 C7 OOC., 11 51 Ltl >1A
0lltl3 70 0002 1162 LOI 2
0464 113 116.\ LXA
0465 E1 00~1 11611 T'1 >SUBL CK FOR ~Gr.LE.C! CNTS,A>O.Gf.
U46b ovEr.:: 001\ 11 5, LBL Ul ADOR l~~U LAMP F~AG
01188 H. 118b SI(Z SKI~ IF ~ES PLUS,l lAMP UFf
01189 8C 040C 1187 T .+5 HE NEG, DEC ZERO LAMP FLAG
OIlBA 70 0002 1188 ~Dl 2
U1I6f:l 8E 041:1E 1189 1 UDlLF TURIII un ZlRU LAMP
U48C 09 1190 AOSK DEC L LMP ~LG,SKIP ~AS Nur 0
U480 SF 0146F 1191 T *+2 ~AS O,SKIPUPDATE
U1I6f;. 3f 0 1192 . uDZI,.F Ell UPDATE ZlRO ~AMP FLAG
048F DC OODC 11'13 T'1 >FCPTY CaOlbI<G'C.1130LB,15~G
uII90 3b 1 1194 LD 1 O>A
01191 3D 2 1195 Ell 2 CLf( SuBT RlSlJLT LSD
01192 15 119& SI(C SKIP If 3018 UR 15KG
UII93 9A 049014 1197 T RNOtH2 bKG
0494 DO 0000 1196 T'4 >RNUOf RJUND O~F b DIG wGT LSD
049, 0004 OO~B 1199 Lf:lL *213
UII97 Ib 12()0 SO(Fl SKIP 11- 3(l~tI SCALE
0498 AO Ouo 1201 T RNDtH5 151<G
0499 Aft. 04AA 1202 T OUTFI.T 10L8
, u49A 11 ,.1 i!·O 3 R'iOt3v2 I'ljCB
j 01196 71:. o 0Q.1. d2t'll lOI bl(G
0119(; 00 1205 A'ljO A>O IF ':) DIG L.SD ~VEtIj
// 01190 1E 120b SKZ SI(lP IF EVlIII,C=O fROM RNDOFF
/ 01l9£. 20 1207 SC ODD,St:.T C
~/ U1I9,. A9 0"A9 1208 T RNO .. T2
i' UIIAO 12 0000 1209 ~IIIOoY5 L.DI 13 ll>A
OllA1 09 1210 ADSK AJD ':) OlG LSD, Sl<l~ ON C
04A2 Ab 04Ab 1211 1 RNOwTl , OlIO L.SD.L.T.3
04A3 17 0006 1212 LOI 8 5 DIG lSO.l>E,3,8>A
0llA4 09 1215 ADS", ADD ':) 0110 L.SO,SKIP U~ C
011014, ]A 0005 1214 L.Ol 5 5 DIG lSD.GE,~ ANI.> .L.T,8,5>A
/ OIlAb 7F 0000 ·121, R'IO"'T1 L.OI 0 , DIG·I.SU.LT,3 UH .G~,6,0>A
/',
,. 0llA7 3f 0 121b EX uPDATE!) DIG L.Su "'IT'" 0 D~ 5
(jIlAB 11 1217 I"'Cti
0llA9 DE. OoDE 1218 ~NDoIj12 TM >AO[)C INC i'4.GT ~ H.lD IF C SET
U4AA CI:. OOCE 1219 JUTFL r L~ >&E
UIIA~ 7~ OtlOl 12c!0 1.01 1 OIlAC OIiAO OIlAF Otl~U vll~l 0llli2 Ulltl3 Olltlll 01lt!0 UII67 0llB8 01lt!9 UIIU 04B8 04BC 04~0 04t1E

UIICO UIICl OllC2 OllC3 01lC5 UI.IC& UIIC7 0llC8 OIiCA O'ICB OllCt:

OllCO OllCI;. OllCF 01100 01101 01102 040_~ 01.1011 01105 01106 01107 01l0t! OllOA 040~ OIiOC 0(11)1)

01101;:

OIiOF OIlEO llllE! Ol.lE2 0110 UIIEII OIiES ullE& 0llE7 0llE8 0llE9 OIiE. OIlEti OIlEC OilED OIlEE OllEF OllFo 04Fl OllF2 OIlFIi UIIF5 OI.lFb 0l.lF7 0llF8 04F9 OllF~ 04FC

01

ooEO 71 OC 01) H 3f'

00F5 7F 3E 17 70 It! El CO 37

S"Co

IE 90 DC

OoF A OS 8t! 90

OOEF of. tiD 9E 12 09 9C 21 Ell 9" 9t1 OF ES 7F 3F

ooEf 1F 'IE 7E Otl 3f. H 11::. 7F '11 3C II 311 IE 7F t t 5C 11 3" 3C 11 70 00 11::. t t

OOOC 3C 7t:1 00 IE 77

OOOt:l 39 17

OUDI 001F OOOE

QOO? 0000 o OOOA 0000 1

0002 OOEI OOt:O

o 04CO

0"&)0 OOOC 0005 0005 0llC8 01100 0010 0001 OIiCO oqOE 0000

00E:4 0"0,, 0"08 OOOF 00E:5 0000

o 0(110 0000 OIiOE 0001

0000 0008 3

0000 0008 .s

0002

0008 00C!.s 3 00011

OUU8 0024 &

1 2

87 1221 1222 1223 1221.1 1225 122& 1227 1228 1229 12 ~O lint 1252 12B 12311 lC!35 123& 1257 1258 1259 1240 12111 1242 1C!1I3 12114 1245 1211& 12111 1248 12q9 12S0 1251 1252 1253 1e'!:)11 12~S 1256 1257 1258 12)9 12&0 12&1 12&2 llb5 1204 12&5 12&0 12&7 12&8 12&9 1270 1271 1272 1213 lC!71! IUS 121& 1277 1278 1279 l?tlO 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1260 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295

:.luTF1

CLRJF"C

JUTF2

1'1 Lt:lL LOI E,lf! AD! L.Ol EX Lt:lL L.OI EX 1"1[;B L.OI L.XA r", L.B L.D TL

ORG S<l T

PI LdL T'I

T

T LtlL. AOI

T

T L.OI ADSK T SF2

T"

,

T

TM T'1 LOI lX LBL L.Ol

T L.DI AO lX L.O Sr(Z L.Dl L.Ul EX INCt; L.D SKl L.Ol L.OI EX liIICB L.D EX I'liCtl LOI

A lifO SKl L.Ol L.BL EX L.OI MID SI<Z L.Ol L.KL EX INCt;

4,204,197

>lo1tlll~X IIIF

14

2 o

I#OA o

1

2

>SUtlL. >00

114CO

4CO OUTfl >FCf'n' 1105 >MAGCt( .+2 aUHl tHO

1

.+2 (JUH 2+2 13

DUTF2

>MllDE *+2 CL.RllFC )UDOwT >SET~C o

*10

o OUTF2+2 1

1

2

o 8 3

3

o 6 3

.5 3

2

8 *23 3

II

8 1#24 '&

88

MuVE OuT wGT TU ARI

lOA

EX-~R ~lTH UUT wGT MSO SKIP IF wAS I,A)1

WAS M~NUS OR BL.ANK UPDATE UUT wGT MSD

CL.R Su~T RlSUL.T LSD

SUB UUT wGT FROM S MSOS wGT

SKIP If NO MOTION MUTION A=1130L.b,2IbKG,SI15KG

CK FO~ RlSUL.T,LE,A .L.E,

,GT,

A>0,C>1 IF AL.L. OS IN RESUL.T RESUL.T "'aT 0

RESUL.T O,CLR UUT FLTR CNTR 13>4

ADO OUT FLTR CNTR,SKIP UN C UUT FL.It< CNTR.LT.3

Null 1IANT 'l MSOS

CK FO~ tly COUNT MODE ' NOT t:lY COUNT

BY COUNT,IGNU~E UUT FLT CNTR UUT FLTH CNTR 3,UPDT our ~GT SET RECU,",PUH:.

CL.R PI(INT FL.AG

O)A TO CLR UUT FL.TR CNTR

INC UUl fL.TH CNIH UPDATE UUT FL.TN CNTR LD foIUllON fLAG

SI(IP «u MOTIUN MJllUN

NLI «or lUIIo

UPDATE L.B/~G L.AMP

LO l L.A"'P FL.AG SKIP If O,L.AMP ON FL.AG Nur 0

FLAG 0

UPDATE: lE:RU L.AMP

L.O ... ET fL.AII UPDATE NET L.AMP

(I( r-Of! PEf! 1/2 SKIP NU PEl< 1/2 PER 1/2

UPDATE PE:R 1/2 L.AMP

CI< FOf! f'E~ 1'" SKlf' NL) PEH 1/4 PER 1/11

UPDATE FEH 1/4 LAMP

3

89 4,204,197
90
UIIFi) 11 0 1290 L.O L.D UK E:.NB
uaFE 5!111U 11500 . 1297 fl • *'>00
1298
1~99 U~G 500
u500 1E 1300 St<Z SKIP /\jOT Ut< SCAL.E
u501 h 05DA 1501 1 1 TL.KCK SKIP PRt. ... PAK L.AMPS
05U2 etl OoCR 1302 L.a >48
u503 1C OOUl 1305 L.DI 3
u5U" liD l.S04 AND Ct< FOHPRE-PAK OR BY tNT
usos 02 0000 no') AOI 13 SKIP /\jOT PRE ... PAK OR BY CIljT
U500 77 ouoe 130b L.Ol 8 PRE-PAK OR BY CNT
U5u1 7' 0000 1307 L.DI 0 N~T PRE-PAl< .OR BY CNT
USU8 U179 0119 1308 T'1L. L.DPPUK UPDATE· 2 PRE-PAt< L.AMPS
U50A E4 ODEll 1309 ITLKCK PI >MOOE:. Ct< FOR ~Y COUNT Moor
oSOS 90 0510 1510 T TDUNCt< N·JT tlY CUUNT
O')I)t ~E DOCE Ull L.CI >bE
050L) OA OOOA 1312 T"l >BL.ANK BLA"IK aliT wGl
USOE 1F 0 1313 lX ~ES'ORE:. PRINT FLAG
050f 99 0519 1314 T TPCLR+2
(l510 CI! ooe2 1315 TDuNel( Lt3 >02
05n H II 1510 L.D 4 LD TARE:. DOlliE:. FLAG
U511 IE 1317 SKZ SKIP IF TA RE:. NU TOONE
051l AO OSiO 1518 T CKRCP
0514 37 0 1l.lY L.D Lil fARt. MAIIIIlATORY I::Nt3
051!> 07 OU08 1~0 AiH 8 Sqp If MANDATORY
OSlb AI) 05&!0 1521 1 CKHCP NUT MANDAlURY
0517 IItP 01t7 UI!2 TPCLR T"1L CKWSGN WGT +:OS,wGT -:155>TU1 PR!C!::
oS19 CC o()CC 1323 LB >57
051A 7F 0000 1324 L.OI 0
ur;lld 3r 0 1325 EX RECUMP>A,O>RfCOMP
oc, 11; &11 OUOF 132b ADI I; SKIP IF ~~COMPuTE. SlT
U!HD AS 0525 1327 T L.l1l.1ur> GJ TO OUT L.MP5 AND KEYB~
os 11:. ,~"" OS90 1328 TL. TPIH.KH t~R TP 1/2 IF UK,OUTPuT
05i!0 CC; Doce 1529 CKRCP LB >0)7
11521 7F ·oouo tHO LDI 0
0522 3F 0 U.U EX RECUMPUTE>A,O>RfCOMPurE
0521 1E 1332 St<Z SKIP IF RE.COMPUTE CLR
05211 A7 0527 lH3 T CMPUT OJ RECOMPUTt.
0')25 5,FIj O,)FII 1534 L.MOUT> TL L.M!>UUT SKIP DISPLAY outPUT
0527 Db OOl>b 1H5 C"PUT T'1 >ARIC~
0528 Cf OOCF 133b L.B >74
OS&!9 D7 0007 U.H Tto1 >CLEAR CLR RAM RE.t; 7
052A 11 IH8 5F2 SET F~G2:rOT PR MUL.T i3'f wGr
0528 Cb OOCb 1359 L.B >13
1152c 19 000& 13110 L.OI b b>A
0,)21) 11.11 UIU AND ,ANOt~llH ~ACTOR FLAG
OS2E 1~ 1.5"2 S!(Z SKIP NO P~R 1/2 UR PER 1/11
115U iU osn 13163 T PRXFCT HAVE PER 1/2 uR PER 1/4
053U is U164 RF2 RES£T f~G2ITOT PR MULT 8Y PH
0.,31 S.,Stt· OS,t3 11115 TL. CKMIN
O!)H C7 -, 00C7 l1"b PRXFCT L.tt >lA
05311 Sf () 1347 E.lC FAcrO~>ARI LSD
1I~5S C;Y 00(;9 1348 L.d >29
OS.5b 01 0007 1549 1"1 >CLf.AH CLR weH
05H El OOEl uso T14 >I1UVPR
0.,38 ooIA 0075 13!t1 L.iH. 175
053A 0" 001>4 U!l2 T'1 >MULT MUL. TIP~ y FACTOR TIfoIE.S PRICE
o!)]t! 00.1: 0051 U53 ~BL .51
U5.5P 31 0 U511 L.1l L.D 5 DIG !>RICE ENt3
OSlE 55110 0540 1355 fL. *540
135b
1357 ORG ,40
0~40 110'11 0001 US8 L.!iL .07
0542 1E 1359 SKZ SKIP If· 4 DIG PRICING
05113 iF 13bO OECS 5 DIG,OlC COUNTER
0.,44 7F OOUO Ubi ~Dl 0
1151.15 05 0005 Ubi! T!1 >MAGCK CK FOR OVERPRICE.
OSlIb . 89 0"'49 13&5 T *+3 LEGAL. ·I'RICE RTN
05'17 09 0009 13b4 T'1 >CL.RPR CL.R PRICE.,TOTAL. PRICE
05118 E7 ilOE7 IHo) rio! >uur!» GLJ TO OUTPUT
u5"9 11081:: 004t 1.5bb Lri!. .41
IIS4!! 31 0 131t7 L.D L.D '1A~UArURYPRICE/UNIl ENti
o!!"C &b 00119 11&B AD! 9 A>l A~O SKIP IF EN~BL.FD
0'.2"0 9b OSS& 151)9 T ADRwGT N:JT I:.~A!!~ED
0511E 2S 1570 RF2 RESE:. T f ~G&!: TOl PR MUL.T BY PI< 91 4,204,197
92
O~IIF CII OOC& 1371 L~ )13
055u 3F 0 1oH2 EX l)FACTDH FLAG&FACTOR DONE
U5~1 E5 OOES 1571 Tfol )SETHC SEl Hf::CUMPUTE
0552 79 (JOOb 137L1 LDl b DEST 11M IS PkICt.
0555 ld U,~ LXA
O"~II 1& 0009 lH& LOl 9
05~5 99 0~59 1377 T UDrpXf
055b 7U 0002 1378 AORIIGT LOl 2 LlESr ~M IS wilT
0551 1" 1579 LXA
0558 71 OOoE 1380 LDI 1L1
0559 C4 OOCLI 1381 UDTPXF L~ )09
OS5A D2 00D2 1382 T'1 )MlJv5 MOVE ~E.~ULT TJ P~ICE LJR "'GT
1,1556 CE OOCE 15tH C!(MIN 1.0 )&E
055C 71 OUOE UR4 L.OI 14 14>A
0550 OC 138~ EJR EX-JR IOITH UUT wGT SIGN
OS5!:: 1E 138& SKi SI(IP IF MINLlS
0~5F A5 05&5 1367 T DW)ARI UUT wGT PLUS
05&0 E5 00E5 1388 T"I )SErRC SET RECllMPUH
05&1 5~11 0')17 1369 TL TPCL.k OUT '"GT MINUS
05b~ E3 00E3 13'10 Jw)AHl T"I )MllVPf.(
0~b4 CE ooCE 1391 LB )bf::
05b5 n. 0001 lH2 LOI 1
05&& 18 1393 LXA
05b1 71 OOOE 1394 LDI III
05&8 De 0002 1395 T'1 )MLJv~ MLlvE OUT .. GT TO ARI
05b9 OOEI OOlE IHb L.oL filE
05&8 37 0 1397 L.O LO aUT .. c t MSO
05bC bE 0001 IH6 ADI 1 INC,A)O AND SI(IP If MS'O 6L.IIIK
05&0 AF 05&F 1399 T *+2 NJ dLAI'<I'. II1l OuT I'j(.iT MSD
05&1:. 3F. 0 1400 Ex REPL.ACt. BLANK wITH 0
05&F OOOA 0025 lL101 LBI. *25
0571 11l 1402 SI(F2 SKIP IF TOT PR MUI.T 8Y wGl
0572 32 5 lL103 I.D 5 CHANGE 8M fOR HUI.T BY PHl~E
0573 Ot.l OOOLI 140Ll PRXoIlG1 TO; ),.,UL.1 HuLTIPLY PRIC~ TIMES aUI IIIGT
057L1 DB 0008 1405 r", >TPtWS PROPER HOUND OFF ADDH)A,BI.
0575 OLl DODD It.10& Tto! )RNLlOF OJ ROUND OFF Of TOT PH ~SO
057& 12 1407 L.AX 1.0 UK lNBSAVEo IN TPRDS
0577 lE lL108 SKl SKIP NOT UK SCAL.E
0576 Be 057B lL109 T *+3 UI( SCAL~
0579 556A OSSA lL110 T~ UVAL.CI( NJT UI( SCALE
057~ OS (lOOB 1411 Tto! )TPROS PHUPER RUUND OFF ADDR>A,BI.
057C 11 1412 I"lCB INC B~ TU Nt.XT DIGIT
057D 71 0006 1L113 I.IJI 8 2 IN EXCt.SS & CUDE)A
O'51E 5560 0560 141L1 TL. *580
1415
141b UR(.i 580
0'580 0~79 0219 1L111 T"'L, AIJOC+1 ADD ATU TOTAL. PRICl fIELD
0582 od OOOB lL118 T.., )TP~OS llJOR SAM~ DIGIT
0563· 17 1L119 l'lCe HAvE 5 TO 9 IN OI~ FOR 1/2
0'56L1 7L1 OOOS 1L120 LOI 11 11>A
0585 09 llfe1 ADSK ADD DIG TO A,IF C)1 WANT 1/2~
058b IF 0000 lL1e2 LDl 0 O)A,PRINT,OSPLY B~ANI( ·;i.
0567 77 0008 11121 LOI 8 8)A,PHINT,OSPL.Y 1/2
0588 0319 0519 lL12L1 T'1~ LOPPUK UK In)PRl-PAI(
OSSA os OOOB 1L125 JVALCI( 1"1 )TPHDS PHOP~R ROU~D U~F ADDR)A ,.BI.
058S 1i:! lL12b LXA RI'lDOFF BL.)X
0561: o OAF' 0050 1427 1.8L. *50
05SE. 32 5 1L128 LD 5 LD 5 DIG H' t.NB
U56F lA 1429 XAX RIIl!JJF F !;L)A,El'iS)X
0590 Of:: 1450 CllMP CJr-. R'lDUFF i:!L.
0591 bll OOOB iLl.n iDC 11 ADO Td 11T0 'U~~ MAGCK 'CN-fj;j
0592 95 0593 lL152 T "''''1
0593 19 1433 XAdL C-..1H)SL.
059L1 12 145L1 LAX HE-1.0 5 !JIb TP f-NB
0595 b7 0008 1L135 AD! 6 SKIP IF ~ 01(> TP
059& 17 11.1.s& l-..CB LI DIG T~,INC CUUNTER
0597 7F 0000 11.151 LOI 0
0598 05 0005 1458 T'" )"1AGCK C!( FOR t.JVl:.kVA~Uf...
0599 A~ 05A5 11139 T NOTOv ALL. 0 RTN
059A O1l9~ OObll 11lt.lO TPBLK LdL *&4
059C DA OODA 1L141 T"1 )8L.ANr< BL.ANK TUTAL. PHICE
0590 006A (lOllS 1442 I.RI. 1114')
0r,9F 37 0 14113 I.D LD UI( SCAL~ E~ABL~
05AO b7 0006 1 1.1 I~ LI ADI 'S A)O Ar-.j() Sr<lP IF. UI(
OSAl AE 05AE 1445 T OUTPUT NUT Ur< SCAL.t. 93 4,204,197
94
V~A2 0~79 0519 1 II lib 1-11. 1.0PPUI< ilI.A~K UK 112
0';A4 AE OSAE 14111 T OUTt>U1
05A5 Od OODa 111118 ~OT,)V T" )TPHOS PROPER RUUND OFF ADDR)A,BI.
05A~ ttA 0005 111119 AIH ';) ADD, TU GET ~SO
05AI 111 1 II!» 0 XAIH. Ai)DH TUTAL P"IICI; MSD 1111 RES
0,A8 79 OOOb 1 II!» 1 1.01 b
05A9 lA 111S2 xu ut< ENB)A,OEST SM)X
0514 IE 111~5 S"Z S!(1P IIIUT U.K StAL.~
05A6 17 111511 I r~Ctl INC SJURCE HI..
OSAC 70 00011 11155 L.OI II
05AO DC!' 0002 11150 PI )'10VS MJVE R~SULT TO TOTAL PRICE
11151 * TWE FOLLJ~lNG SEQUENCE JF MUVS CALL.S SET DISPLAY
11158 * Jur REG AS FOLLOwS FOR OUTPUT TU GPKDI
11159 * 70 I';) AODRt-SS 7A 7F
IlibO * VO·Vl·P2·P5-PII·~0.wl·1'.V2.V3.VII.PO.PI.w2·w3·~1I
Il1bl * P=PRICE,wswElGHT,VsTJ1AL PRICE (VALUE)
05Af. 01,191 OObE 111&2 JUTPUT L~L 'HIE
OSHO 78 0007 111111 LDI 7
051H 01 0001 111&11 T'1 )MOv5J(
05Bl 0099 00&& llibS I.HL *bo
05~4 18 0007 li1bb 1.01 7
0585 lH 111b7 ioU
OSSo 11 OOOC l11b8 1.01 12
aSH7 02 0002 \lIb9 T"I )110V5
0588 70 OOOF 11110 LDI 15
0589 lF 0 11171 EX
OSBA (1094 ilObB 11172 loBI. *&B
OS6C 7K 0007 1473 Li)I 7
058p' ttl 1474 LXA
o,SE 5SCo osco 11.175 TL. *;co
1117&
1477 ORG 5CO
OSCll '9 000& 14478 LOI b
05C 1. 02 001>2 14/9 1'1 )Muv5
05C~ til 11160 XtH1X
05C3 30 1 1481 LD 1
05CI.I 2E 1 11182 EXO 1
oscs 3& 1 Il1n I." 1
USCb 31) 2 1111341 EX 2
u')C7 ....... JJ . 14185 I'IICI;
·ostlr 31 0 1118& L.D LO ~ Oib U~lT PtUCf; l~B
u~C9 OO8r:t 00111 1487 I.BL «t «
05t8 IE 11688 Sl<l SKIP H 1.1 1)1b PRICING
U5ee 8F 05CF 11189 r *+~
05CI) 70 OOOF 11190 LDI 15
Q5Ct. 3' 0 l'l91 EX BLANK PHICE MSO (I'll)
oSCF QoBA 00115 111112 L~L *45
OSOI S, 0 111'15 LD LD UI< ENb
(,I5D~ h 111~1I LXA SAVE IN X
0503 OIlAF '0050 1,.", LoL *50
osDS 31 0 1119& LD LD 5 DIGl1 lOTAL I'RICE Elllij
IISDII CF OoCF lIIH LB )7A
051>1 IE 14'18 StU St<IP IF II DIGIT TUTAL PRICE
uSD8 9B OSDB 14'19 T *+3 5 OlGI1,NO MSO HLAN~
05D9 70 OOOF 1500 LOI . 15
OSDA ZF 0 1501 EXD BLAllt< TuTAL. PHICE "'SO (VII)
OSDS 12 1502 L.AX RE-LD Ut\ t.NABI.E.
05DC bl 0008 1501 ADI 8 St<IP If UII. SCAU
0')1)1) AU OSEO 1,011 T *+3 NiJT UK SCALE
oSOE 70 OOOF 1505 1.01 15
OSDF IF 0 150b EX UI<,BL.ANK NEXT MSD TOT PH
05EU ,,08F 0010 1507 L.BI. IHO
05f.Z 22 IS08 SF 1 SET FI.G1 FUR 1ST PASS
1509 * GPKD HE," A 18 SET AS FaLLOws FROM LSDI
1'10 ,. VO·Vl.P2·P5·PII·WO·~1·1'·VO·Vl·1'2.P5.P4·~0.~1·1;
oSEi 31 0 IS11 ~1.0QP. LO 1.0 JUT IHGIT
o5EII lCFE OOI"E 1512 101. KL.A D.lG)GPI<O Ht.G A
ush 17 1515 l~CB
05P 118 0008 1514 5t<BI 8
(,ISle A5 05E5 1515 T DLOUPA LilOP 8 rlto1ES
1510 * GPKO ~EG H .lS SET AS FOLLDwS ~HUM LSDI
1517 * v2.V3.VII-PO.Pl·~2.wl.WII.V2·Vl.VII-PO.PI.w2·~3_wlI
05E9 31 0 1518 DLOJPS 1.0 L.D our DIGIT
uSE A lC'!> O.OFO 1519 liJl. KI.B OIG)GPKO REG B
OSEC 17 1520 INCH 05ED OSEE 05EF OSFO 05Ft 05F2 05F4 u5Ft> 05F7 u5F8 0!)F9 OSFA 05F8 o5FC 05FD O~FE

ObOO ObOl 0<>02 ObOl1 Ob05 (lbO/ 0&08 Ob09 ObOA Op06 ObOC ObOO ObOE. ObOF 0&10 Oul1 Ob12 Ob13 Ou14 Ob15 Oblb Ob17 Ob18 Ob19 O&lA 0&18 OblC Ob10 O&lF 0£>20 0&21 0&23 Ob24 0&25 Q&2b 0&27 Ob29 Ob2A 0&2C Ob2i> Ob2F Ob50 0631 Ob32 0&33 Ob3'1 Ob35 0&3& Ob31 Oo'S8 O&H U63A Q03C Ob3E

0040

A9 lb B2 2& A3

lcn ooDF 7E 1~ 11 OE 08 lD 11 lB

S&OO

C4 7F lC41 77

lC41 CR 1E lA 19 1 1 41 8C 'IF 3F 25 IE 21 DC Ib 99 15 7C 7E 76 lB 3b 77

1 C41 .

IE AC

00A8 31 IE 1<1 AD

0092 1C 0129 25

OOI:lF 37 CE 1E BE 78 01 18 C& 71 00 Cf

5&40 55F8 5b5A

05E9

051"2

05t.3 ooF~ OU20 0001

0&00

OUC4 0000 0041 00(\8 00<11 00C8 0001

0007 Ob5C 0000

o

OODe Obl~

0003 0001 0009

1 0008 0041

Ob2C 00')11 o

0&20 00&0 0003 0129

0040

o OOCE

0&3E 0007 OODI

OOC& OOOE

OOCF 0040 05F8 Ob5A

3f

o

95 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1'>2b 1527 1528 1529 1530 15H 1':132 ISH 1554 1535 lSi& 1531 1536 1559 1'>40 1541 1542 15113 15114 15115 1511& 1541 15116 15119 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 15~b 1557 15,8 1559 15&0 15&1 15&2 15&3 15&11 15&5 15&& 15b7 15&6 15&9 1570 1571 1512 1573 1514 1575 157& 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 158& 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 15'15

DlSPO~ L.MPl.Iur

PRNTR

PTYPE.

I.MPI,.P> P300>

T SKF1 T RFI

T IJL. LBL. L.Dl LXA LABLo ClJ"IP AD DOA L.AtiL. L,.XA TL

ORS LB L.DI iUL 1.01 DL. Lti L.DI XAX XAI:IL. It-lCti SKtiI T LDI EX RF2 SKl SF2 TM St(Fl T SKC L.OI 1.01 L.DI LXA 1.0 LDI 101. SKZ T L.BI. 1.0 SI(l SKF2 T L.SL. 1.01 PH. RFl L.BL. I.D L.B SKl

1 1.01 TM XBMX L.B L.DI AND L.B H.

TL.

TI.

4,204,197

96

DLOOPti L.OOP TU E~D

SKIP IF- 1ST .. ASS OISfO~ 2ND PASS, DONE

RESET FLGl FOR 2ND PASS

DL.UOPA

KDN TUR~ ON DISPLAY

.20

1

!W&OO

l>X,INtEGHATOR RESET LAMP ADDR>A ,COI'1,ADDR

ADD L.AMP STAT,.COM.LA~P UUTPUT L.AMPOATA AND AODR

SAVE AOOH ! N X

bOO >09 o

SOS STRuBE ~HITE

8

SOS REMJVE STRUBE

>21

1

AJOR>A,lNTEGRATUH RESET>X ADDH>SL

7

L.MPLP> L.OOP fUH 1 LAMPS o

>FCPlY

PRI~T CMND>A,O>PRINT CMNO ASSUME NU PHINT CUMMAND SKIP IF NO PRIN1 COMMAND NOTE TO OUTPUT PRINT CMNO

SKIP :\IU1 15K(:;

H4 l~KG

SI(IP IIIUT bKG

3 &KG, DISABLE.LT,00040

1 30L.B,DlSA~L.E,L.T.00020

9 15KG,OlSA~L.E,L.T.00100

TE.ST DIGIT>X

1 DUM"IY INST TO ADOR OA

8

SUS INPUT PRINT CUMPL.ETE

SI(I" IF PRINT CUMPL.ETE PTYPE-l DISABL.E PRINT

#54

1.1> L.T 20 INC PRINT DlSAI:ILE SKIP IF NO PRINT DISABL.E SKIP IF HAVE PRINT COMMAND Nil DISAIH.E,OH,NU .PRINT CMND PRINT DISABL.E,AND,PHINT CMND

PTYPE .&0

3 MAGL.P-l CK FOR PRINT DISABLE ~GT

.~E,TEST DIG RTN,NO PRINT

>&E

P500> 7 >MUV5X

>1~ 14

>7A liIo40 I.MPUL.P p.soo

b~O

L.D 300 PHINTlR ~NABLE SKIP ~UT .sOO PRINTER

JOO PRINTER .-

501 OR.JMARI PRlNTER

ENTE.R ou~ wGT TO PRINT REG

REMuVE !'CTR DON~ fROM fACTd~

ENTE.R I'ACIUR

97 4,204,197 98
ObLl1 OOEU 00'15 15'10 L.~L. "'I"
Ob43 35 2 15'17 L.O 2 LO UK E.NB
ObLiLI If 1'>96 OECB
Ob'l5 lE. 159'1 5Kl ~KIP ~ur UK 5CAL~
Ob4b IF IbOO Ot:.CB O~C luT P~ SOUHCE. PUI ~H~~
ObLil 1b 0009 1001 LDl 9
Ob46 O~ 0002 1002 T"I )Mi.lV'> f£!IITEH TUTAL. PH.LCE::
ObLl9 \8 1&03 XBMX
Ob'lA OOtU 00Ll5 160Ll L.BI. "'15
Ob4C 31 b Ib05 L.O b 1.0 UI< ENR
0&40 ~7 ()008 IbO& AOl 6 SKIP If UK SCALE.
0&4E 93 0&53 1&01 T ... +~ NOT UK
O&'IF 32 5 IbOts LO 5 LO UK 1/2 fRUM PRE::~~AK
ub50 IE lb09 So<l SKIP If 11i:! L.AMP OFF
Ob51 15 OOOA Ib10 L."1 1 0 PRINT 1/2
Ob52 3F 0 loll EX UPDATE TUT P~ L.50 (VO)
Ob5:s CD OOCo 1012 Ld )09
fJb54 7'0 0004 1013 L.i>I 4
00'>5 02 00D2 Ib14 1'1 )MUV5 EN rER UNIT "'HICE
O&Sb 7F 0000 1015 L.Dl 0
Ob57 3F 0 Iblb EX O)PtUNT HE!; wGT ,",SO
0058 57Eb 01E& Ibl1 TI. P~I:Ct( CK FUR BY CUUNT MODl:
Ob5A 1f 101ts P300 OECB 300 PRINTI;.H
Ob5B 78 0007 1019 LOI 7
Ob5C 11:j lOcO L.XA
Ob50 73 OOOC Ib21 Lol 12
Ob5E 1>2 0002 Ib2i:! PI )M!JV5 E.~TER OUT WGT TO PRINT REG
Ob5F ltl Ib~3 XB"IX
ObbO C~ OOCb Ib24 LB >13
Obbl 71 OOOE 1025 Li>I 14
Ob02 00 102b AND REMOv~ ~CTH DONE FRUM FACTOR
Obb3 0087 0078 1027 1.BI. In8
Ob&5 3F 0 1&2ts Ex ENTE.R FACTU~
Obob 009~ 00b4 1029 L~1. "04
Ob08 35 2 1050 LO 2 1.0 TUTAL. PRIC!:. 5 DIG ,",SO
Ob09 lf. 1051 SKl St(IP IF 0
ObbA 25 1&52 RF2 NUT O,DISABI.E PRINT
Obb~ 1 f lbB liliCS
obbC 37 0 1034 LO 1.0 UK SCAL.E:. E.N~
OboD 009C 0003 lb35 L.BI. "03
Ob&F lE 1050 S~Z SKIP NOT UK SCAL.E
Ob 7,0 1F 1&37 OECB OE.C TOT PR SOURCE:. POINTER
0&71 7tl 0007 1&58 L.OI 7
Ob72 02 0002 IbH T'" >MOv!J ENTER TUTAL. PRICt:.
Ob73 It! lbliO XBI1X
Ob7<1 OOBA 00115 101.11 L!H. *,,5
Ob7b H & 1&112 1.0 & I.D uK E~B
0077 of 0008 Ibll5 ADI 8 SKIP IF uK StAL.E.
Ob7t! BE OEon Ib44 T ... +& NOT UK
Ob79 32 5 loLlS L.O 5 1.0 UK '1/2 FROM PRl.PA~
OblA IF 104& OEC~
Ob'16 11:. IbLl7 Sl(l SI(IP IF 1/2 1.AMP on
Ob7t 75 OOOA 1b'l8 1.01 10 P~INT 1/2
OblD 3f 0 1&'19 E.X UPDIITE TUl PW 1.51) (VO)
Ob 7t. 5btsu ObtsO Ib~O TI. .b80
1051
1b,2 WiG b80
ObBO OU97 00b8 1053 L8L. ,,&ts
Ob62 7t OOOl 11>51.1 LOI '3
Ob83 02 0002 loSS ,., )MUV5 E~TER UNIT PRICt:.
Ob~4 1A 0005 Ib5b 1.Dl S 11 CNTR>A,300 "'RI~lE:.R
GbB5 5/E, 07E7 10::'7 T1. "'tleCK+1 CI( FO~ tlV COUNT MUDE.
Ob81 Oof~ UOOD 10,)8 POuT L.RL. "00
0&69 7F 0000 IbS9 LOI 0
Ob8A It'll 00111 1000 IJI. SllS UUT ... UT)HIGH
Ob6t: l7 1001 INCB
Ob80 89 0089 1&b2 T POUT+2 LJOP,PR~TR CLK,HST LO.t::NB HI
Ob8!:. OOBF 0040 1bb3 L.BL. *110
Ob90 34 5 10b4 Li) '3 LO 300 PRINTER E.NB
Ob91 IE 1005 Sl(l SKIP sUT 300 PRINTER
Ob92 t s OOOt lObo L.OI 12 300 P,UIliTf.R
Ob93 10 OOllF 10b7 LOl 15 301 UR SMIIRT PRINTlR
Ob94 19 l&b8 PJurl.p )(II ttL. A)BL.
Ob95 re 0001 l&b9 1.01
Ob9b 1~ lb'O ioU l)X,INTt.GR~TOH RESI:.T ... ~ .. ~ ~ .

,,~- _'6~"_-~~- _ ~

99 4,204,197
100
I)b97 31 0 1b71 LO I.D DIGIT
1)&98 10 lb12 Di)~ OUTPUT
0&99 OE loB COl'll' SET UP PARITY
U&9A bF lb74 CYS
O&9B 70 OI)OF lb75 L.OI 1~
1,I&9C bF l&lb C1S
Ub90 f2 0000 1b77 LOI 13
Ub9E. bF 1016 CY::;
Ub9F 71 1,1008 107C1 LDI 8 8>A FOr< IS. f>ARITY
ObAO 0, 11>80 kTN
OoA1 IB 10111 PARITY L.XA PARlTl'>X
Ub~2 11 Ib82 LABI. 8L.>A
UbA3 1A 10tH XAX PARlTY>A,BI.>X
UbAII UOF3 OI)OC 1084 L6L. _OC
(lbAb lClil 0041 . Ib!!S IOL. SUS UiJTPUT PARI TV
UbA8 17 1b8b INC8
U&A9 12 1087 ioU DIGIt BL.>A
O&AA 3F 0 1088 EX DIGIT BL.>RAM AOOR 00
U&AB 77 OU08 1b89 LOI 8
UbAC E2 OUI;.2 Ib9U TM )OLY,II STRJ8E CLOCK"II "IS DEL.AY
U&AD 7F 001,10 1&91 I.DI 0
UbAE E2 OUE.2 1&92 PI )DI.Y,4 REMOVE CL.OCK"" MS DELAY
ObAF 31,1 7 1093 LO 7 DIGIl 8L.)A
Ub8U. bU OUUF 1b911 AOI 15 DEC 8L.,SK'H' NOl 15
UbBi B3 I)bt:lS 1095 T *+2 DONE
Ub82 911 00911 Ib9b T POiJTI.P LIlOP
uoB3 UUF1 OOOE 1&97 L.BL JOE
UbB5 77 01,108 1b96 Ln 8
UbBb lCII1 01,1111 Ib9C1 IIJL SOS REMOVE PRINTER DATA ~~8
UbfH\ UUF4 01,108 1700 LBL. "Od
UbBA 14 1701 CKPRNT SKF2 SKIP If HAVE PRINT COMMAND
UbBd BE ObBE 1702 T RSTPH> NJ PHINT
UboC 5bCO ObCO 1703 TL. .beo
UbBI;. 5bOo ObDO 1104 HSTPR) TL. RsrPTR
171,15
170b ORIO beo
UbCO 7f 01,100 1107 L.DI 0 PRI)!T
0&C;1 lCII1 1)0111 1708 1 JL. SU::; [)UTPUT PRINT CUMMAND
U&C3 CII 00C4 1109 LB )09
U&CII 7B 01)04 1710 L.DI II
UbC5 3F 0 1711 f,X MID TIM~R.II
lIbCb Ell Ol)t-O 1712 TM >OfL.AY 5.0 HS DL'L.AY
UbC7 17 0008 1715 LDI 8
ObC8 1C41 1)041 1114 IOL. SJS l~PiJl P~lNT COMPL.ETE
UbCA lE. 111; SJ(l SKIP IF PRINT COMPLETE
UbCB 81 obe7 111'b T .-11 HOLD HlRE UNTIL COMPLETE
ObCC 17 1117 Il'4ca
UbCO 71 OU08 17\8 LDI 8
UbCE tClil 0041 111C1 IJL. ::;OS REMJVE f>RINT COMMAND
UbDO uoFO OOOF 1120 RSTP1R LBL. iii Of
UbD2 77 0008 1721 LLll 8
ueus lCll1 00111 11i!2 101.. sos RIi.SET ~HINTEM
1,1&05 lCFA ooFA 1.121 KEyeD 101. lOS RO KEYBOARD STROBE
Ub07 Of 1'7211 COMP
ObD8 01)88 0047 1725 LBL. .41
U&DA b7 0008 172t» ADI 8 ADD 8,S~IP IF KEY ENTERED
UbDB SA ObFA 1727 T NOKt:Y) NO KEY I:NTE~lD
UbOC 2F 0 1128 EXD STORE KtYBOARD STRUBE
UbOO leFC ouFC 1129 IOL. KTR ~D KEYBUARO RElURN
ObDF : OE 1no ell"1P
UbEo b7 0008 1751 AOI 8 ADD 8,SKIP IF ERROR
U&E1 &7 0008 1732 ADI 8 RESTURl,~ILL SKIP
u&E2 BC ObFC 1731 T KI::~~) KEYBOARD ERROR
ilbE:S 3F 0 11.S4 rx STORE KtY80ARD RETURN
O&EII lti 0004 1llS LDI 4 4>A
U&E5 1,10 113& AlljD .~NU.wlTH RI:TURN,A)O IF DIG
U&Eb lE 1757 SKl SKIP Ir DIGIT KEY
UbEl BE ObFE 17.38 T KC'1ND) CU"'''IA'1I0 I\EY
ObE8 10 0002 1759 L.DI 2 2)A
U"ECI 00 1740 AND ,AND.wITH WErUHN,A)218,9
obEA 1E 11111 SKZ SKI~ !\jUT 8 UR 9 KI:Y
U&Eti IH O&Fl 11112 T KBllt 8 DR CI KI:Y
UbEC 7f 1)001 17115 LDI 1 l)A
ObED 1,10 171111 AlljD .AND~~ITH RI;.TURN,A>114,~,b,1
ClbEf. lE 174S SJ(Z SJ(IP NUT 1I,5,b,7 J(EY O&f.F ObFO ObF1 0£>F2 ObF3 O&FII 0&F5 obFb ObF7 OuF6 ObFA ObFC ObFE

(71)0 0701 0102 1)703 1)705 070b 07(1'1 0709 07UA 070C 0700 O"Ul. 070F 07\0 0'111 0712 07U 07111 0715 0711> 0711 0719 071A 071B 071C 0710 0711:: 0720 0721 0722 0723 07211 0725 U72b U7Z1 U72t1 072~ U72A O/2C U"!2&) U72E 0"I2F uno U 131 01.52 u733 uB;, unb u7H OBt! 07.SA 015a u75C U73t:

074u 01111 1.17112 o 'lin

7B IF 71 11 Otl CII 3F C3 31

5700' SUFO SO OF 5720

11:. 8'1 CD

Oleo Cb 01 OOAf. 3'

0097 IE 1 ,

37 IE Btl ell 79 09 9b tl8 31

009A 3F 17 IIA 99 7';;

570b 7E 00 11:. 7t1 7F 17 (It! UE bf. Bf.

lCFb ell 7i) 3f 11 7C 3F EO

00E7 37 &7 SA

5&0:' 3t1 31 5740 5/5A

0004 0000 1)008

OOCII o 00C3

o 0700 OOFO OOOF 0720

0707 OOCD Oleo OOC& 0007 01.151

o 00b8

o 07.S8 OUC4 OOOb

071& 07.58 o 00b5 ,0

OOOA 0719 OOOA 071)& 0001

0004 0000

0001 073E OOFb OI)CII 0002

o

0003 o OO,EO 0018

o 0008 unA 0&05

II o u740 07')4

01:. ~F 37 IE

o o

101 1711b 1741 17118 1749 1750 1151 1752 1153 17511 1755 175& 1. '157 1758 1159 17&0 H&l 17&2 liB 17&11 17&5 t7&£> 11&1 17&8 17&9 1770 1771 1772 1773 177£1 1715 177& 1717 1778 1779 1780 1781 1762 1183 17811 1785 t7B& 1787 1788 1/89 1790 179\ 1192 1795 17911 1195 179& 1797 1198 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 It!O'> 180b 1807 t80t! 1809 1810 1811 1812 181'5 1811.1 1815 181& 1817 1818 181'1 1820

<BD1

~UKEY) l(f.RR) <CM!IID)

EIIITI>IC;

\lnCK

<EYdD>

1/2CO

1.01 1.01 I.Dl INCI:I AD lob EX loti 1.0 n, TI. TI. TI.

ORG StU

T

1.8 '''IL. L.B '1'1 1.91. 1.0 LSI. SKl It-4CIi 1.0 SKZ

T

1.8 I.Dl AOSK T

1

1.0 1.t:lL. E.x I~CB SKtll T 1.01 TL 1.01 AND SKl 1.01 1.01 INCB AD COfllP AOI

T

101., LB LOI EX I'11C8 L.OI F.X

1'1

I. tiL. L.O AOI

T

TL. U 1.0 TI. rL.

iJ~G CJ.,P EX I.D SKl

4,204,197

102

1.1 II,S,u" KEY

o 0,1,~.3.EY

8 8,9 KEY

>09

>01.1

11100 NUKEY KI:I£~R KBCMND

100

ADD STRU8E,HAVE DIGI1 IN , NEw OIGIT>RAM AODR 09

1.0 1)1611 TIMER

SKIP If TIME~ NUT ~UfllNI~C; [NiDIG rIMER RUNNING

>&9

BI.ANK-l CLR P~lCI:. UNLY )13

>CI.EAH CI.R FACTUR,AHI #!)1

b)A

ADD NEw DIGIT "VAI.Ii) (0.9) It-4VAI.IO <l0"1~) RE,.1.0 NE" 01GIT

LE.SS SIlO OIG)fIIEM,MQRE SIG>A

10 SKIP AT END Or PRICE REG

*-3 L.~OP TU END OF PRICE REG

10

KtlOUN~2 START OlGlr TIMER

1 l)A

,ANO,wlTH RETURN SKIP IF 0

#&8

KEYtlO) >09

&

"2 KEYBD)

*b5

4 o

1 InCK) KEH )09

2

3

>OEI.AV *18

8

*+1 KlYBO

"

1040 P1/2CK

71.1:)

LD ) DIGIT PRICE ENS

SKIP I~ " OIGIT PRICI~G 5 DIG PRICING

1.0 MSO PRICE. D1GIT SKIP If 0

NOT O,RI::FUSI:: NEw 011011

ADD STRD8E V>1~,1/2)1",1/q)11,P)12.T)11 Sl<lP IF VERIFY

RESET Kf,YBOARD

O~I.AY ')OMS FUR GPKD CVCL.E

~O vE~IFV TEST FLAG

SI<IP IF VERIFY IN PROCESS 1ST PASS OF VE.HIFY

TIG~T LUOP OU~ING ~ MOL.O SEt VEHIFY T[5T FLAG

lO vE.~lFY MUDE FLAG

CJM 11 UPDATE flAG HE-I.!)

SKIP lf "'AS Sf. T

103 4,204,197
104
07'111 10 OOOF 1821 LDI lS ~AS CLH,Tt.8T IH.ANKS
07'1, 71 0008 1822 LI)I 8 WAS SET,H::ST tiS
07'1b lli lSH LXA TES DX
1)7'17 0091 OObE 1821~ LBL. #bE
01'19 12 1625 LAX TEST)4
07'1A 2f 0 182b EX!) l.D OISPLAY Rt.G ~ITH nST
07'1u 89 07'19 lB27 T ,·,,2 L.OOP TU 80TTU'1
0711e 0'01)9 002b 1828 LdL. t#2&
07'1E 12 1829 L.AX TEST)A
07'1F' oE 1830 COMP 1,)0,8)7
0750 1E 1831 Sl(l SI(IP IF BL.ANI(S
0751 OE 18S2 Ct.JMP RES TORt. 8
0752 IB 18H LU L.AMP H.ST>X
075:5 12 185'1 LAA TESDA
0754 2F 0 183~ EXD LoD L.A'1P fjITH TEST
0155 93 0755 185& T * .. 2 LJOP TU LAMP REG EIIlD
075& C3 OllC3 1631 L.8 )0'1
0757 7F 0000 t838 LDI 0
0758 3f 0 1839 B CLR OIGIT T IME.~
0759 E7. OOt;;7 18'10 T" )OUTP) GJ TU UIJIPUT
015A bE 0001 18'11 Pl/2CK ADl 1 SI(lP IF PEk 1/2
0758 A8 01&8 16'12 T Pl/4CI(
075C E4 !JOE4 18'15 T"1 )MODE CK FOfol tlY COUIIlT
075D 62 0712 181111 T Pl/2 NOR'1AL. PE.R 1/2
07SE CD OOCO 1845 La )&9 BY COU"" MDDl'
075F 19 000& lt1'1& L.Ol b
07&0 18 18'17 LXA
07&1 re 00011 18118 LDI 4
07b2 02 0002 18119 TI'I )Mi.JV~ MUVt. PRICE TU TUTAL PRICE
07&3 CD OOCD 1850 LB )&9
01&1I 01CD 01CD 1851 TI1L. B1.41111(-1 CI.R PRICE ONLY
01&b 51D5 07D5 1852 FDUIII) Tl. fCNOUN
07&8 &E 0001 18Sl Pl/4CK ADI 1 SKIP lFt>t.R 1/&1
07&9 1:15 \)175 185'1 T P~NCI(
07&A E4 OOEII 18SS T!"I )110LlE CI( FO~ P~f.PAI(,1:I1 cuuxr
07&S AD Ol&D 185& T *t2 NUR~A~ OR P~E..PAK
07&C Ab 07&& 18!;;7 T FDUN) BY COUNT MOOt
07&0 De OOOC 18,8 T'1 )FCPTY A.1130~e,ll&KG,5'15KG
o 1&~ . &1 OOOE 18~9 ADl 14 SKIP IF bKG OR 151(G
07&1" 81 0711 18&0 T *+2 50LS,PER \/IIL~GAL
0770 A& 07&& 18&1 T FOUN) METRIC, PER 1111 IL.LEGAL
0771 7tl 00011 18&2 1.01 "
0712 70 0002 18&3 P1/2 L.Dl 2
0773 57E(,1 onO 18bll TL ENTFCT GU ENTE.~ FACTOR
0175 bE 0001 18&5 P~NCI( ADl 1 SI(IP IF PRINT Kt.Y
077b SA 0'17 A 18&b T TARECK
0777 31 & 18&7 I.D & DUMMY TU AODR 21
0178 '17 0008 18b8 LOI 8
0779 SF 0 18&9 Ex SET P,HNT FLAG
o 17A bE 0001 1870 IARECI\ AD! 1 SKIP If TA~l KEY
onl:l A& l)7&b 1871 T FOUN)
071e 518(,1 0180 1872 11. 1080
1873
18711 URG 180
0780 Co OOCo 1875 1.6 )00
0181 37 0 181& LO I.~ "OllON fL.AG
0782 IE 1877 Sl(l :lo(1P NU MonON
018.5 96 0798 1818 T FOUN» NU 1 ALLOWED IN MOTN
07811 C3 ooel 1879 LB )04
078, 17 0 1880 1.0 L.D 011111 TlMEH
078b 11:: 1881 SKl SI(IP NUT ~UNNINII
0187 8F 078F 1882 T CKOI RUNNING,CK FOR O-T SEQ
(.1788 CS oucs 1883 Lr3 >12
0789 3& 1 1884 L.D 1 1.0 IIjET "L.AG
078A 1E 1885 SKl SKIP NOT IIjET
0788 91:1 079B 188& T FDUN» Nu T ALL.OI'fl:.O IN NET
018C 11 1887 !:.jCB
0780 51CF 07CF 1888 TL TDI.IN .. 2 SET MANUAL TARE FL.AG
018F CO OOCD 181:19 eKoT LB )&9
0790 7F !JOOO 1890 LOI 0
0791 18 18'11 LXA
0792 7f>.. 0005 1892 LDI S
0793 0129 0129 1893 T'1L MAGLP"l Cr( FO~ PRICE OF 0
0795 &E 0001 189'1 ADI 1 AL.l 0 RTN 105 4,204,197
106
079& 9F 079F 11'195 .T II.BTAH~ P~ICE NUT O,KEYBUAHO URE
U791 CA f)OCA 189& L.B )35
U798 37 0 18~1 LD I.D A~TU CL.R rLAG
U799 &u QOOF 1698 ADI \S ADU lS,S~IP If,GE,10 INC NET
079A 90 0190 1899 T *+3 ,LT. 10 INC NlT,O.T LEGAL
U79S 570~ 0705 1900 FOU~» TL. FC'IDUN
0790 5011 0011 1901 TL. RESET L.EGAI. O.T,RESEl
1)79F Cl OI)Cl 1902 i(8TARE 1.8 )01
U7AI) 37 0 191)5 L.D LD lERO GRAD FLAG
U7Al &1 0008 190q ADI 8 ADO 6,SKIP IF IN Z~RU GRAD
U7A2 91;1 0798 1905 T FD~N» NO 11.8 TARE AL.L.OwED UFF 0
07B C!) 00e5 ,190b loB )12
OHq 37 0 1907 LD L.D NET FLAG
01AS IE. 1908 SKZ SI(IP Nor NET
074& 9B 0198 1909 T FDUN» N,) T AI..LUwEO IN NET
07A7 DC OODC .1910 PI )FCPTY
07A8 QllU 0055 1911 LBL .5;
0744 lq 3 1912 LO 3 1.0 I(EYBUARD TAR~ ENS
07AB &7 0008 1913 ADI 8 ADD S,.KIP IF ENABLED
07AC 98 07.98 191q T FDUN» NOl ~ 'lABl.lO
U7AD III 1915 S!(FI S!(IP <'lUT lSKG
U7Al B2 07a2 191& T KTlSKG lSKG
OlAF IS 1917 S!(C SI(IP Nor bKG
U7BO 87 0187 1918 T !(TbKG &KG
071H B8 07BB 1919 T CI(MI(BT 30Ld,CK MAGNITUDE
07B2 31 0 1920 !(T15KG LD 1.0 PRICE LSO
1)7133 IE 19C!1 Sl(l 01( IF 0
01134 bq 00013 19C!2 ADl 11
07BO; Sb il7B" 1923 r *.1
0713b 139 0789 192q T ' I(TbKG.2 01( IF o OH 5
0'1137 71:: 0001 1925 IUbI(G, ccr 1
Ulti8 UO 192b A:-Jj) CI( FO~ HeN IHGlT
07~9 lt:. 1927 SKi UII.:~V~N(bKG)-0,'(1~KG)
UTSA lid 0198 1928 T FDul~»
U/dtj t» OOOA 1929 CI(Mt<8T 1.01 \0
07BC 51C\I 07CO 1910 TI. lOCO
1911
19j2 ORG 71:0
07CO 1b 1933 SI(F1 SII.IP sur \'SKG
U7C1 td 19jq L.XA X=3:30L~,blbKG,1011SK~
07C2 CD OOCO 1935 La >&9
117C3 70 0002 lHo LO! 2
U7CIi 0129 0129 19.s7 '''II. MAGL!>-1 CI( I(BT MAGNlTUO~.L.~.Ox---
07C& 00 oooF 19~1! AD! 15 tI.E.HT~,OfC DIFF,SKIP NOT 0
07e7 9<; 0705 1'H9 T FCNUU'l ,GT.HTN,IGNQR~,GT.OR DIFF 0
U1ca l)~ 00D8 19QO ENTO(BT T'" )CI.IH CLR TAHt
07C9 CO OOCO 19q1 Ld )&9
07CA 7A 00115 19q2 LOI 5
OIC!! 01 0001 19q3 PI )"I0IlSX ~NTEfo! KE.YBOARO TARE
07CC e2 0.OC2 194q Ld )02
07el> 70 OOOF 19q5 L.D! 15
U7CE. :Sf:. 1 19q& EX 1 SET TARE DONE
07(;F 17 OOOR 19q7 1.01 8
1)700 3F 0 1'lq8 EX SET Nt:T FL.AG
11701 09 0009 t9q9 TOU'l T"I )eI.RPR CL.R PRlCE
0702 CA ooeA 1950 1.0 )33
0703 '7F (l1l00 19,1 L.DI 0
U704 3F 0 1952 EX eLoR A~TO CL.H FI.AG
0705 lE 0.001 1953 FClliOUN I.DI 1 SET DIG TIMER TO TIM~ UUT
070& C1 OOCl 1954 I.B )04 ON NEXT wGT READ PASS
0707 51' 0 1955 EX BY L.OAD!NG IT wITH t
0'1011 CC ooCC 19<;b t<80iJN Ld )<;7
U7D9 7;) OOOF 1957 LOI 15
070A 3F 0 19~8 t:.)( SET RECOMPUTE
0108 17 1959 1 iii Cd
070C 7F 0000 19&0 LDI 0
0700 ;\F 0 19&1 U CI.R VERIFY MODE FI.AG
UIDE 5&D'S 0"05 19b2 TI. KEYSD
U 71;: a UuEC 0013 19&5 ENTFCT LSL. IIU
U7El 3F 0 19b4 EX FACTOR)FAC1UR FLAG,FI.AG)A
u7E3 IE 19&; SI(Z SI(IP NUT DUNE tJ~FORl
U1EQ 3F 0 1'1&b EX REPL.ACE FACTUR 001111;
U7ES 'IS 071)5 19b7 T FC"IOUN
07E& 7Y 000& 19&8 Pt:lCCII 1.01 0 10 elllff< (JOl JR SMART PHrllTiO
07E1 1d 19&9 LXA CNTH»)( 4,204,197 108
107
01E6 E4 OOE4 19/0 T~ )MUl.lE. Ct< FOR In CUUNT MODE
07E.9 6£ o/FE 1971 1 POUT> NuT BY l:UUIIIT
07EA CF OOCF 19/~ LB >7A
07E8 12 1913 LAX CNTR)A
07EC 19 1974 XAdL CNTIOBL
07ED IF 197, DECb
o lEt:. 1F 1971" DEC8 STA~T ADDR~CNTR~2
07EF 12 1977 LAX C!IlTR)A
O7FO 18 1978 PSCl LXA UPDATED CNT~)X
U7F1 37 0 1979 LD LD PRINT Ht:.b DIGIT
07F2 bO OOOF 1980 Al.J! 1!l SI<IP DlbiT NOT 0
07F3 8b Olfl) 1981 I P8C2 DIGIT O,E.IIITER 1~
OfF4 bl.J 0002 1962 Ai)! 2 SKIP H IHGll 1,
u7F5 B6 07F8 19tH T PdC.\ Nul 0 UR 1"lGNURE
07Fb U. 0000 1964 PBC2 LDI 13
07F7 3F 0 1965 Ex 15>PRINl Rt:.G DIG! T
07F6 IF 198b i>t1CS DECI:l
0/F9 BA OHA 1987 T ,ttl
07FA 1e! 1988 LAX Ci'iT~>A
07FtI bf. 0001 1989 AD! 1 INC CNTR TO~ARO 0
07FC BO 07FO 1990 T PSCl NUT O,LUUP
OlFD 3F 0 1991 EX MAKE SURE. FACTUR 0
07F!;: 5b87 Ob87 1992 POUT> TL PUUT
1995 EN!)
0 E.KRURS DETECH.O t.lEF SY"II:lJL RE.F£RE\jCES
61 >AODC 798 82~ \218
55 HRICL '105 741 80.\ 815 8'17 991 1040 1079 1335
51 >dLANK 954 951" 1001" 1312 1'141
54 >CLEAR 527 ,10 74b 170 192 959 1337 1349 17bb
51" >CLRPR SIb 103~ 1091 115, Ub'l 1949
5:' >CLKT 574 951 1154 19'10
&9 >CRTAZ 1022 112&
65 >OEL.AY 501 bbn 1712 180~
b5 >OL.Y,4 1&90 1092
59 >FCPTY bll2 9111 1024 110~ 1130 I1bl 1193 121.12 155b 18~8
1910
52 )'1AGCK 439 1103 851.1 91.17 1010 1096 12411 13b2 14lli
61 >'10DE b38 12,5 1309 1845 185·<; 1970
b6 >'1QVPR 1550 1390
Q 7 >'1DvX 4'15 79() 802 tl31 811b 'HO liB 928 990 108C?
1095 1129
119 >'10\15 1562 1395 1'15& llIb9 1479 1b02 11,,14 Ib2l 11,,39 ,"S5
1649
1.18 >'10V5X Ib':J 78~ 81l 841 1029 1221 1'1b4 1564 194J
51 >"IULT lbO 781 1:11 1 B39 1027 1352 140&1
7() >JUTP> 9bO Ub':J 181.10
UO >~NDlJ~ 1198 140b
bB >SETRC 575 8b7 1090 1259 1373 1386
b4 >SUBL 1122 118'1 1234
50 >SU8T 1813 8011 629 84'1 84'1 906 920 988 1002 1050
1093 113~
58 >IPRDS 1405 1411 1416 1425 1448
b2 >IJDU~T 953 1258
29 >00 ,89 857 9b9 10b3 1235 187,
30 >01 1012 10b9 1902
H >Oe! &28 1315 19114
32 >011 32'1 b20 1053 175J 1637 1619 1<)54
H )09 1194 &43 1117 1127 117':J 1381 1':J39 1109 17S1 17 I,
1799
:Sb >1'" 750 7H 191 795 801" 816 632 10111 1080 1119
1181 134b
311 >12 51,,9 9b':J 1085 1100 1883 190b
~5 >13 IH9 1.H 1 158& Ib24 17bS
37 >21 781 799 901 925 950 1001 lIB 1544
38 >29 lib:' 1072 1546
39 >33 571 113b 189b 1950
110 >~8 511 580 929 1145 1-302
1.11 >51 b06 . U25 1329 1951"
II S >bE HO 1005 1219 1Hl 138.5 1391 1.!HlO 109 4,204,197 110
112 >&9 5c!t! 11117 1&12 11&3 181£, l8S0 1889 19.55 1941
1111 >11. 7&9 l33& \1197 1,89 1972
22~ .:>0 191£ 2.S1I
,10 A;)LlC H3 SOli '15 llip
373 AJOt::> &1
1318 ADRwGT 1309
30e! A~lCL ';5
.Bd BL.ANK 57 529 lilt! 17"11 1851
490 BLK",r> 118e!
1005 BLNI( .. r 1190 &8'3
11011 Co(ACL> 1099
IUil CKACL.~ 110" 112;;
1000 CKG41C 1ilOLI
1157 C,qNC 11111
1383 CI(MIN nils
1929 CO(I'IKBl 1919
lU9& CI(NAlC
170t CI(P~NT
1329 CI(RCP 1518 1321
&20 Cl(flST &15
330 C<WSGN 132e!
1689 C<OT 1882
3011 CLEAR 5" 307
12112 CLHJFC \c!51
34~ CL.RPF \42 5110
3211 CL.flPR 5&
29~ CL.~T 55
1&2 C~OIG 159
1355 C'1PI.IT 1333
1040 C~CTAl 371.1
374 Ci'iT «t» &9
9811 CZUM 9b4 9&8 9·/2
529 DEL.AY 37&
37& DELAY> &3
S.H DELY1 539 54'>
5110 .DEL.v2 534
51H' OEL.O 5112 553
152& OISP()N 1523
4H OL..IIMS 517
1511 OL.OOPA 151, 152S
1518 DL.Oi.lPti 1521
.\77 OL.Y.1i> &5
17& 7 ENTOII> 17&2
19&~ E'lTFCT 18&4
19/10 E'lTK81
195\ FCNOlJ'" 1852 1900 1919 19ftl
405 ~CPTY 371
371 FCPTY> 59
419 FCPIYl 1111 41&
1124 FCPlV2 1Ic!0
/131 FCPIH 1lc!1
1852 FDUN> 185 'f rs & 1 11S11
1900 FJUN» 1878 188& 1905 1909 1914 192"
887 FL,TfjGT 880 88S
699 FL. TI'iTl 69'1
81>9 I~IFL.T 6&2
1309 ITLI(CI\ \50l
16 K I\f
1788 I(dCf'1NLl 1758
1.956 K~[):JN 1787
ITII8 K:iDl 1742
5b8 K~ERR \757
19 KBF
1902 KdTARt. 189,
1758 KCMND> 1'/36
20 I\DIIj 1,2&
21 KER )08 1798
1751 KEI'IR> 1133
1/23 KEYt3D 1810 19&2
1810 KEYdD> 1171l 1179
22 KL.A 1512
23 KL.B 1519
211 K Tfl \129
2~ KTS 1725
1920 K r i 5KG I'H& . - : ~. -~., ~. . - .

. ~ .. - ~

4,204,197 112
111
1925 t<TbKG 1918 1924
1266 L.I,)L.MPS
9H I..DPI>UK 130B 1 <Ii II ll1l1b
13311 I...,OU1) 1321
1591 I.. "IPL.P> 1~'j0
1530 L.>1PUL.P 1591
1527 L.'1POUr lHII
!l91 L.SD/2 698
2bb M4DDL. 2711
151 M4GCK 52
155 MAGL.P lbl 151b 1893 1937
Ins MAXAZ 979 1054
233 MDIG 275 290
10211 MFCTR 1019
311 MJDECK €II
9b MJVPR &&
1147 'MJVflRX 9b
75 MJVX 81 HII
318 MJVX> III
107 MJV5 119 1112 lIS1 1489
105 MJVSX 48
24.~ MJL. T 51 2117
21b NDIG 259
83 NJKE'f 115&
175& NJKE'f) 1727
11148 IIjJTIJV 1439
1219 UUTFLT 1202
12511 UUTFl 1241 1211&
12&5 Oi,lTF2 1250 1251 12b'l
1111 OUTPT> 70
111b2 UJTPUT nil 14115 1'147
1425 OVALCK 1410
1390 Ufj)ARl 138/
1&81 PARITY 39"
1968 PiiCCK 1b17 lbS7
1978 pac 1 1990
19811 paC2 1981
198b PdC3 1983
1bS8 PJUT hbi! 1992
1992 PJIJT) PH1
1bb8 PJU1LP 1&9&
18&5 PRNCK 18511
1551 PRNTR
8117 PROC",l
13l1b P~XFCT B43
111011 PRhGT
1578 PTYPE 15b8 1513
18b3 P1/2 181111
lBIH P1I2CK 18111
185~ P1/11CI< 1t142
lb18 P30Q 1592
1592 PlOO> 1582
S8b RDSd b19
57( k.)SwS , 91 92
92 RDSwS) .'8b 90
bl12 Ri)IIjGT &23 €Ill b40
&8b Ri)INGT1 b82
5b9 HESE.T bill 1901
1203 RNDIH2 119 I
1209 R'mS'fS 1201
372 R'4DOF> &0
51)5 R'IlDOFF H2
1215 R'IlDlliT1 1211
1218 R:o.IDI'lTi? 1206
590 RSLOOP bOO
17011 HSTPR) 1702
1720 RSTPTH 17011
235 SDUN 20.8 22S
2& SES 5bb b60 bSII B8
H9 SETRC> b6
b08 SETRCP H9
21 SJS 119$ S&2 588 "91 bOll b98 728 15111 1~1I3 15bb
1bbO lbtlS lb99 1708 ' 1 114 1719 1722
tU92 STARE. 10~8 10b2 lOb!! 1075
987 SIISH 917 980 113
19~ SJ8L. &11
209 SJB"I ~01
216 SJS"'L. 222
183 SJtlT SO
1870 TflI<ECK 18&0
19119 TDU"l 1~88
1315 T,)U;IICK 1 HO
11140 TPBL.K 1007
132i! TPCL.~ lH4
358 TPRDS 58
7118 T~CNVT
&90 T2L.JOP 701
804 T5C'liVT
719 T3L.JOP 150
.911 UDFf;T 8&8
1158 U)OwT H5
.HS U)D~l> &2
tun uJO ... Tl .U t»
U81 U;)TPx~ 1377
1192 UDZL.F 118'1
179& VFYCK
951 Xl0CL.f! 5&1
9115 X10EXP
9&1 lCAfo'T 91111
11&5 lL.AI1P 11114
18111 1/2C";> 1/97 4,204,197

20!)

1328 1389

Bt!b 904

1149 1155 1150 1159

What is claimed is:

1. In a digital scale an analog to digital converter means comprising in combination an integrator means having an input and an output, means for applying an analog input signal to the integrator input to drive the 30 integrator output from a datum level to a level dependent upon the magnitude of the analog input signal, switch means for applying a reference signal to the integrator input, program controlled means interconnected with the integrator output and with the switch 35 means, the program controlled means having a counting and timing program loop of instructions of fixed duration for counting the excursions around the loop during the time required for the reference signal to drive the integrator output back to a predetermined level near the 40 datum level.

2. In a digital scale an analog to digital converter means in accordance with claim 1 wherein the program controlled means includes program means to continue the operation of the integrator means in response to the 45 reference signal for an additional time interval after the integrator output is driven across the datum level.

3 .. In a digital scale an analog to digital converter means in accordance with claim 1 where in the means for applying an analog input signal to the integrator 50 input includes counting means for counting predetermined intervals of time and the program controlled means includes program loops to control the counting means to control the time the analog input signal is

applied to the input of the integrator. 55

4. In a digital scale an analog to digital converter means in accordance with claim 3 wherein the program controlled means includes storage means to store data for different scale capacities to condition the counting means to count different amounts for different scale 60 capacities whereby the input analog signal is applied to the input of the integrator for different times for different scale capacities.

5. In a digital scale an analog to digital converter means comprising in combination an integrator having 65 an input and an output, switch means for applying an analog input signal to the integrator input to drive the integrator output from a datum level to a level dependent upon the magnitude of the analog input signal, program controlled means interconnected with the

114

25

integrator output and with the switch means, the program controlled means having a counting and timing program loop of instructions to control the time of operation of the switch means.

6. In a digital scale an analog to digital converter means in accordance with claim 5 wherein the program controlled means includes counting means controlled by the counting and timing program loop, storage means to store data for different scale capacities, and means controlled by the stored data for different scale capacities to set the counting means to count to different numbers for the different scale capacities.

7. In a digital scale an analog to digital converter means in accordance with claim 5 wherein the program controlled means includes counting means controlled by the counting program loop to count excursions around the loop, storage means to store data for different scale capacities, and means to condition the counting means to cause the integrator output to reach substantially the same level at full load for the different scale capacities.

8. In a digital scale a triple slope analog to digital converter means comprising in combination integrating means having an input and an output, means for applying an analog signal representing a weight on the scale to the input of the integrating means to drive the output of the integrating means from a datum level to a level controlled by the magnitude of the input analog signal, first switch means to apply a first reference signal to the input of the integrating means to drive the. output of the integrating means toward the datum level at a first predetermined rate, second switch means to apply a second reference signal to the input of the integrating means to drive the output of the integrating means toward the datum level at a second predetermined rate, program controlled means interconnected with the first and second switch means and the output of the integrating means, the program controlled means including counting means for counting predetermined time intervals during the application of the first reference signal to the input of the integrating means during which interals the output of the integrating means changes by an amount representing a plurality of weight increments, the program controlled means also including counting means to count the predetermined time intervals during the

us

4,204,197

116

application of the second reference signal to the input of including means for comparing each digital representa-

the integrating means during which intervals the output tion with a previously corrected digital representation,

of the integrator changes by an amount representing a means responsive to the difference being within a prede-

different number of weight increments and arithmetic termined range to augument a fraction of the difference

means for combining the counted number of intervals to 5 toward the last representation and means for combining

obtain a digital representation of total weight incre- the result with the last digital representation to obtain

ments. the corrected digital representation.

9. In a digital scale, a triple slope analog to digital 15. An analog to digital converter comprising, in

converter means comprising in combination, integrating combination, integrator means having an input and an

means having an input and an output, first switch means 10 output, first switch means for applying an analog signal

for applying an analog signal to the input of the inte-, to the input of the integrator means to drive the output

grating means, second switch means for applying a first of the integrator means from a datum level to a level

reference signal to the input of the integrating means, representing the amplitude of the analog signal, second

third switch means for applying a second reference switch means for applying a reference signal to the

signal to the input of the integrating means, program 15 integrator means to drive the output of the integrator

controlled means interconnected with the integrating means back to a level near the datum level, a computer

output and with the first, second, and third switch interconnected with the output of the integrator means

means, the program controlled means including timing and with the first and second switch means, a program

means to control the time of application of the input delay loop for controlling the computer, and counting

signals to the input of the integrating means for deriving 20 means for counting excursions around the program

a digital representation of the magnitude of the input delay loop to control one of the switch means.

analog signal. 16. An analog to digital converter comprising, in

10. In a digital scale in accordance with claim 9 combination, integrating means having an input and an

wherein the program controlled means includes storage output, means for applying an analog signal to the input

means for storing data for different scale capacities, 25 of the integrating means to drive the output of the inte-

means responsive to the stored data for the respective grating means from a datum level to a level representing

scale capacities to control the time of application of the the amplitude of the analog signal, first switch means

input analog signal to the input of the integration means for applying a first reference signal to the input of the

to produce substantially the same digital representation integrating means to drive the output of the integrating

of a fun load for each of the respective scale capacities, 30 means toward the datum level at a first predetermined

and arithmetic means to convert the digital representa- rate, second switch means for applying a second refer-

tion of the magnitude of the input signal to respective ence signal to the input of the integrating means to drive

weight indications for the respective scale capacities. the output of the integrating means toward the datum

11. In a digital scale a triple slope analog to digital level at a second predetermined rate, program con-

converter means in accordance with claim 9 wherein 35 trolled means interconnected with the output of the

the output of the integrating means is driven from a integrating means and interconnected with the first

datum level to a level representing the weight on the switch means and with the second switch means for

scale in response to the application of the analog input actuating the first switch means until the output of the

signal and is driven back to the datum level in response integrator is driven back to a level near the datum level

to the application of the first reference signal, and 40 and for thereafter actuating the second switch means to

wherein the first reference signal is applied to the input drive the output of the integrator back to substantially

of the integrating means for a further predetermined the datum level, the program controlled means includ-

interval of time. ing a program loop for controlling the program con-

12. In a digital scale a triple slope analog to digital trolled means for a predetermined interval of time,

converter in accordance with claim 11 wherein the 45 counting means for counting excursions around the

output of the integrating means is driven back to the program loop during the actuation of the first switch

datum level in response to the application of the second means and during the actuation of the second switch

reference signal to the input of the integrating means. means, and combining means for deriving a digital rep-

13. In a digital scale a triple slope analog to digital resentation of the amplitude of the input analog signal

converter means in accordance with claim 11 wherein 50 from the numbers of excursions around the program

the program controlled means includes means for pre- loop.

venting change in the output of the integrating means 17. An analog to digital converter in accordance with

during the further interval of time from affecting the claim 16 comprising, in combination, means for main-

output digital representation of the weight on the scale. taining the first switch means actuated for an additional

14. In a digital scale in accordance with claim 9 com- 55 time interval after the output of the integrator crosses

prising in combination means for correcting each digital the datum level.

representation of the magnitude of the analog input

'" '" '" '" '"

60

65